Quarterlytics / Industrials / Residential Construction / Bellway

Bellway

bwy · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker bwy
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Residential Construction
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Bellway
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Building homes, 
building value

Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Bellway has been building homes for over 70 years.  
We also build careers for nearly 3,000 employees,  
we build trust by working in a sustainable way,  
and we build value for our shareholders.  
We are building homes, building value.

Governance
42   Board of Directors and 

Group General Counsel  
and Company Secretary

44   Chairman’s Statement  

on Corporate Governance

46  Corporate 

Governance Report

50   Nomination 

Committee Report
52   Audit Committee Report
58   Remuneration Report
78  Directors’ Report
82  

Independent Auditor’s 
Report to the Members  
of Bellway p.l.c.

About Us
IFC  Contents
Principal KPIs
02 
03 
Introduction
04  Why Bellway

Strategic Report
08   Chairman’s Statement
10   Our Marketplace
12   Business Model
Strategy
20 
22   Key Stakeholder  
Relationships
24 
Principal Risks
26  Risk Management
27   Going Concern and Long-

Term Viability Statements

28   Operating Review
32   Financial Review
34   Corporate Responsibility

Accounts
87  Group Income Statement
87   Statements of 

Comprehensive Income
88   Statements of Changes 

in Equity
90  Balance Sheets
91   Cash Flow Statements
92   Accounting Policies
97   Notes to the Accounts

Other Information
113   Five Year Record
114  Alternative 

Performance Measures

116  Glossary
118   Advisers and Group 

General Counsel and 
Company Secretary
Shareholder Analysis

119 
119   Financial Calendar

For further details  
on our business  
please visit:

www.bellway.co.uk

1

About UsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Principal KPIs

The Group has seven principal KPIs, which are shown below.  
Our secondary performance measures, which support these KPIs, 
are shown on pages 14 to 19.

Number of homes sold (homes)

Operating margin (%)

10,307
homes 
+6.9%

2018

2017

2016

10,307

9,644

8,721

22.1%
-20bps

2018

2017

2016

22.1

22.3

22.0

This KPI demonstrates how well the business model is able 
to support the Group’s strategy of delivering volume growth.

Operating margin demonstrates how efficiently the business 
is being operated.

Return on capital employed (%)(~)

Earnings per ordinary share (p)

27.2%
-40bps

2018

2017

2016

27.2

27.6

28.2

423.4p
+14.2%

2018

2017

2016

423.4

370.6

328.7

Return on capital employed (‘RoCE’) is a key indicator of how 
we are delivering our strategy of building shareholder value, 
which is reliant on land acquisition and the subsequent 
performance of our developments.

Earnings per ordinary share (‘EPS’) is a useful measure of 
how profitable Bellway is, year on year.

Net asset value per ordinary share (p)(~)

Proposed total dividend per ordinary share (p)

2,079p
+16.5%

2018

2017

2016

2,079

143.0p
+17.2%

1,785

1,522

2018

2017

2016

143.0

122.0

108.0

The directors consider net asset value per ordinary share 
(‘NAV’) to be a useful proxy when reviewing whether 
shareholder value, on a share by share basis, has increased 
or decreased in the period.

This is another useful indicator of how the directors are 
delivering the strategy of generating shareholder value, 
particularly when combined with NAV.

Operating profit (£m) 

£652.9m
+14.2%

2018

2017

2016

REM

652.9

571.6

492.0

Operating profit is another measure of how efficiently the 
business is being operated and also how profitable the 
Company’s core business is. This KPI is one of the measures 
used to determine the directors’ annual bonus payment.

Note: 

~  Bellway uses a range of statutory performance measures and alternative performance 

measures when reviewing the performance of the Group against its strategy. Definitions of 
the alternative performance measures and a reconciliation to statutory performance 
measures can be found on pages 114 to 115. Throughout this report ‘~’ refers to alternative 
performance measures.

   Link to remuneration – see pages 58 to 77.

2

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Introduction

Financial and Strategic Highlights

Group revenue (£m)

Profit before taxation (£m)

£2,957.7m +15.6%

£641.1m +14.3%

Average selling price (£)

Order book value at 31 July (£m)

£284,937 +9.4%

£1,301.1m +0.4%

Plots contracted in the year (plots)

Owned and controlled land bank (plots)(1)

12,962 plots +11.6%

41,077 plots +8.5%

Our homes

Our business

We build high quality homes designed to complement 
the style of existing local housing in developments that 
meet local demand and enhance the community. With a 
range that extends from one-bedroom apartments to six-
bedroom family homes, we offer an extensive choice from 
which customers can choose a property that fits their 
particular requirements. We also provide homes to housing 
associations for social housing. 

We are committed to being a responsible housebuilder. 
Our aim is to operate our business in an ethical and 
sustainable manner while at the same time building 
attractive, desirable and sustainable developments 
in which customers want to live, in harmony with 
existing communities.

Our focus is to provide desirable, traditional family housing 
across our divisions outside of London and to provide 
apartments within the London boroughs, with our activity  
in London predominantly in zone 2 and beyond.

We are proud of our heritage in the north east of England 
and of our base in Newcastle upon Tyne, where the business 
was founded over 70 years ago. 

It is from our headquarters in Newcastle upon Tyne that we 
currently operate through 20 divisions covering the main 
population centres across England, Scotland and Wales.

Our divisional structure allows local management teams to 
respond to specific demands in their area and, through their 
detailed local knowledge, acquire land on which to design 
and build homes that meet or exceed the expectations 
of our customers and contribute to creating strong local 
communities. The divisional teams are supported by our 
Regional Chairmen and by our specialist Head Office teams.

Note: 

1. Excluding joint ventures.

3

About UsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Why Bellway

We pride ourselves on understanding the aspirations of all 
our customers, not just in the type of home that suits their 
needs, but in the environment in which they want to live.

All our customers are treated with the same high level 
of customer service. Our high standard of service and 
build quality is endorsed by our customers, with 9 out of 
10 customers saying they would recommend to a friend 
buying a new home from Bellway. Our Customer Experience 
Committee drives improvements to quality and works to 
develop and share best practice to further enhance our 
service to customers.

For more information see pages 18 and 22.

10,307

homes sold in 2017/18

5 star home 
builder

rating from the Home Builders Federation 
Customer Satisfaction Survey

Building

 homes

4

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Our people are the key to our success and we aim to 
provide them with a rewarding and fulfilling career.

Bellway has long had a reputation as a good employer, 
taking a personal interest in its workforce and supporting 
career development. As a result, many employees have 
spent a large proportion of their working lives with us. 
However, we are not complacent and strive to continue to 
be an employer of choice.

For more information see pages 19 and 22.

54%

increase in apprentices 
and graduates

12%

increase in training days 
per employee

5 star home

builder

rating from the Home Builders Federation

Customer Satisfaction Survey

Building

careers

5

About UsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Why Bellway continued

As one of the UK’s largest housebuilders, we have an 
important role to play in addressing the growing national 
housing shortage by building high quality new homes in 
desirable locations.

We work with a range of stakeholders to build trust that 
we can fulfil this role whilst at the same time operating 
our business in a socially responsible, ethical and 
sustainable way.

For more information see pages 22 to 23.

£270m

ongoing annual spend in 
the local economy from new 
Bellway households

86.0%

customer satisfaction score

Building

trust

6

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018We are consistently building value for shareholders.

We continue to focus on our growth strategy to help us build 
on our success in 2018/19 and beyond. Providing market 
conditions continue to remain attractive, the Group has the 
operational and financial strength to further expand the 
divisional network, thereby supporting additional growth in 
the years ahead and delivering further sustainable long-term 
returns for shareholders.

For more information see pages 20 to 22.

£2,957.7m

group revenue

£652.9m

operating profit

Building

value

7

About UsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Chairman’s Statement

  The Group is making a substantial contribution 
to addressing the housing shortage in the UK. 

John Watson
Chairman

Introduction

The Group is making a substantial contribution to addressing 
the housing shortage in the UK. In doing so, Bellway has 
completed the sale of 10,307 new homes (2017 – 9,644), 
surpassing the 10,000 mark for the first time in its history, 
following nine consecutive years of volume growth. I am 
delighted to report that this has enabled the Group to deliver 
another record set of results, with earnings per share rising 
by 14.2% to 423.4p (2017 – 370.6p).

This substantial rate of growth has been achieved whilst 
maintaining our focus on build quality and customer care 
and this has resulted in the Group being ranked as a 5 star 
home builder for the second consecutive year. In addition, 
robust financial disciplines mean that growth has been 
achieved whilst managing a strong and efficient balance 
sheet. As a consequence, return on capital employed 
remained high at 27.2%(~) (2017 – 27.6%) and the Group ended 
the year with net cash of £99.0 million(~) (2017 – £16.0 million), 
notwithstanding record investment in new land.

This strong financial position ensures that Bellway retains 
its ability to be agile and respond positively to future 
opportunities as they arise. 

A responsible approach to growth 

In many parts of the country, there is still a shortage of 
affordably priced, good quality housing. As a result, there is 
political support, across both major parties, to increase the 
supply of new homes throughout the UK.

Notwithstanding this demand-supply imbalance, buying 
a new home remains an attainable prospect for many. 
Unemployment is at a generational low and the lending 
environment is providing competitively priced, yet 
sustainable and responsible access to funds. In addition, 
Help to Buy continues to bolster the new build sector, 
improving accessibility of mortgage finance for those with 
at least a 5% deposit. The cost of servicing a mortgage is 
affordable and despite the recent rise, interest rates remain 
very low by historical standards. 

The availability of land in high quality locations is good, 
supported by a generally positive planning environment 
which, in turn, creates an appetite for land owners to sell. 
Access to experienced personnel, skilled construction 
labour resource and certain materials remain a challenge, 
but overall, whilst these constraints may frustrate the rate of 
growth, they have not prevented Bellway from delivering 
increased output year on year.

Bellway has continued to make the most of these 
favourable market conditions, adopting a strategy for 
growth. Our approach is to deliver value over the long-
term, employing strict financial disciplines with respect 
to land investment, whilst retaining a culture of balance 
sheet conservatism. 

This responsible approach has enabled the Group to 
increase output significantly, with housing revenue rising 
by 2.2 times since the pre-recession peak achieved in July 
2007. At the same time as achieving this, we have maintained 
an ongoing focus on quality and customer care, helping 
to ensure that all of our stakeholders benefit from Bellway’s 
ongoing success.

Long-term value creation

Reinvestment of earnings into financially attractive land 
opportunities, with a focus on return on capital employed, 
has led to a substantial increase in value for shareholders 
through the ongoing growth in net asset value, together with 
an increasing dividend.

Our dividend policy is not based upon short-term sentiment, 
but instead considers the capital requirements and the 
Group’s operational capability of delivering further long-term 
compounding growth. 

Measured on a medium-term basis, over the three years 
since July 2015, the increase in NAV of 793.0p and cumulative 
dividend payments of 330.0p per share, represents total 
growth in value of 1,123p(~) per share. This equates to an 
impressive annualised accounting return of 23.3%(~), relative 
to the 31 July 2015 NAV of 1,286p.

8

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
  10,307

homes sold

  423.4p

earnings per share

  143.0p

proposed total dividend per  
ordinary share

For the year ended 31 July 2018, the strong trading 
performance has resulted in NAV rising by 16.5% to 2,079p(~) 
(2017 – 1,785p). Furthermore, the growth in earnings has 
enabled the Board to recommend a 12.4% increase in the 
final dividend to 95.0p per share (2017 – 84.5p), increasing 
the proposed total dividend for the year by 17.2% to 143.0p 
per share (2017 – 122.0p). If approved, the total dividend will 
be covered by earnings three times (2017 – three times). 
For the foreseeable future, the Board expects to maintain 
a dividend cover of around three times earnings.

Board changes

As previously announced, Jason Honeyman, formerly 
Chief Operating Officer, was appointed as Chief Executive 
on 1 August 2018, replacing Ted Ayres, who left the Board 
after a period of poor health on 31 July 2018. In addition, 
I will be retiring as non-executive Chairman at the AGM 
on 12 December 2018 and would like to thank the Board, 
our employees and all connected with Bellway for their 
invaluable support throughout my 40 years’ service with 
the Group.

I will be replaced by the current Audit Committee Chair, 
Paul Hampden Smith, who will become non-executive 
Chairman with effect from 12 December 2018.

I would like to take this opportunity to wish both Paul and 
Jason every success in their new roles and look forward to 
them continuing their significant contributions to the Group 
in the years to come.

People and supply chain

It is important to recognise the efforts of all those who have 
worked for and with Bellway over the past 12 months. It is 
their tremendous hard work and commitment that has 
enabled us to enjoy these record results, in a safe and 
responsible manner. I would therefore like to extend the 
Board’s gratitude to all those who have contributed to 
another year of outstanding performance.

John Watson
Chairman

15 October 2018

9

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportOur Marketplace

In many parts of the country there remains a shortage of good quality 
and affordably priced new housing. The affordability of new housing 
is supported by the availability of Help to Buy for those customers 
with at least a 5% deposit and by an environment of low interest rates, 
which remain close to a historically low level, and generational 
low unemployment.

The availability of mortgages

Mortgage availability is an important component in a 
successful housing market. Following the introduction 
of the government’s Help to Buy scheme in April 2013 
for new build homes, the availability of 75% loan to value 
mortgage finance has increased significantly, thereby 
assisting in an increase in the sale of new homes, 
particularly for first-time buyers or purchasers in London 
where affordability is most constrained.

The government announcement that the equity loan 
element of the Help to Buy scheme in England will be 
supported up to 2021 provides certainty for the new build 
housing market and will greatly assist purchasers of new 
homes and first-time buyers, in particular. It also allows the 
industry to invest for the medium-term.

Help to Buy now accounts for 24% of all private homes 
sold in the new build sector, and 39% of all homes we sell. 
Undoubtedly, this has helped boost new build output, which 
represents an increasing proportion of the overall market.

Due to the confidence in the current market place aided 
by the continued success of Help to Buy, lenders are offering 
a wider range of more competitive products to buyers. 
This increased willingness of lenders to provide funding 
together with the introduction of the Mortgage Market 
Review has resulted in a more sustainable mortgage market.

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
e

f

o
e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
p
a

s
a

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
e
r
e
g
a
g
t
r
o
M

The primary market factors that can affect the Group’s 
performance against its strategy are as follows:

The affordability of mortgages

Mortgage affordability is a crucial ingredient for a successful 
and sustainable housing market. Access to affordable 
finance assists potential purchasers in securing a new home. 
Competition in the mortgage market and low interest rates 
ensure new homes remain affordable. Average mortgage 
repayments, as a percentage of income, have gradually 
fallen from a peak in 2007, following the down-turn in the 
housing market in 2008/09.

The chart below demonstrates the affordability of houses 
in the UK:

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
E

:

e
c
i
r
p
e
s
u
o
H

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

1995

1997

1999

2001

2003

2005

2007

2009

2011

2013

2015

2017

––––  House price to earnings

–––– Mortgage repayments to earnings

Source: Contains public sector information licensed under the open Government Licence 3.0.

10

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand

Availability of labour and materials

Labour and material availability remain the greatest 
constraint to growth in the sector, with pressures tending 
to be specific to certain trades, locations and supplies of 
items such as structural timber, plastics, bricks and blocks. 
These pressures are a result of the growth in housebuilding 
over the last five years, an industry-wide lack of investment 
in training over the long-term and the cyclical nature of 
the industry. As a result, good forward planning disciplines, 
longer lead-in times and extended build periods over recent 
years all need to be considered when planning construction 
and sales programmes. There has been some ongoing, but 
manageable, upward pressure on material costs, arising due 
to the weaker exchange rate, and whilst labour availability 
in general remains an issue for the industry, the shortage 
does not appear to have been exacerbated as a result of the 
decision to leave the EU.

Summary of market backdrop

The market backdrop supporting Bellway’s ongoing and 
disciplined growth strategy remains favourable.

• There is demand for further growth across the sector,

however, this is most pronounced in certain geographic
areas and overall, the demand/supply imbalance creates
a marketplace for our product.

• Mortgage rates are currently competitively priced.

• The cost of servicing a mortgage is affordable and remains

low by historical standards.

• The availability of land is generally good, supported by

a positive planning environment.

• Unemployment is at a generational low and buying a new

home is affordable for many.

• Government initiatives, such as the continued availability

of Help to Buy and stamp duty land tax relief for the
majority of first-time buyers, are helping customers to meet
deposit requirements.

• There is cross-party support to deliver an increased supply

of new homes.

In the context of these market conditions, demand for the 
Bellway product remains resilient, with customer confidence 
seemingly unaffected by the ongoing uncertainty 
surrounding the forthcoming exit from the EU.

The Group’s strategic priorities take into consideration 
this synopsis of the market backdrop.

The projected household formation rate in England is 
running at 233,000 per annum(1).

The supply of new build completions is currently around 
184,000 per annum(1) in England, rising to 217,000 per annum(1) 
when taking into account conversions of existing buildings 
into residential dwellings. Accordingly, there is a demand/
supply imbalance.

Supply

Land supply and planning permissions
The land market continues to provide good buying 
opportunities. House prices are strong, supporting land 
values and hence vendors’ appetite to sell.

The availability of land is supported by a positive planning 
environment. This is evidenced in the chart below(1), which 
shows a record number of planning permissions granted 
in the UK over recent years:

s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
T

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

415

323

288

267

241

202

217

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Source: HBF 

The availability of land at attractive margins
Acquiring land in areas of high demand and in attractive 
locations, in accordance with the Group’s financial and  
non-financial acquisition criteria, is one of the key factors 
in the success of Bellway.

The market for land in the UK, particularly in the main 
conurbations, remains competitive.

The planning system
The Group’s ability to deliver new homes is dependent 
on the efficiency of the planning system, to provide the 
necessary planning consents in a timely and effective 
manner, to meet the requirements of the Group’s 
volume targets.

The National Planning Policy Framework system (‘NPPF’) 
introduced in March 2012, working in parallel with the 
Localism Act 2011, has had a positive effect on the planning 
environment. This is evidenced by an increase in the 
number of planning permissions. Further changes are 
expected as a result of the revised NPPF, published in 
July 2018, and the government’s housing white paper, 
which includes favourable proposals such as ‘brownfield’ 
first, a standard method for calculating housing need and 
a requirement to publish ‘ambitious’ local plans.

11

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportBusiness Model

The following timeline demonstrates how we create value from 
purchasing land to selling homes.

Selecting the 
right land

Managing the  
planning process

Constructing  
the right product

What we do

What we do

What we do

• Land opportunities are identified

• Our land bank is comprised of

• We construct a wide range of

three tiers:

i) owned or unconditionally
contracted land with DPP.

ii) pipeline plots of land owned or

controlled by the Group pending
DPP, with development expected
to commence within the next
three years.

iii) strategic long-term land (either
owned or under option) which
has the benefit of a positive
planning status and is generally
held under option.

• Our divisional and Head Office

planning teams work closely with
local authorities and communities
to obtain DPP to construct
homes which reflect planning
and vernacular requirements.
The divisional and Head Office
planning teams progress a
combination of medium-term
‘pipeline’ land and land from our
strategic land bank through the
planning system.

homes to suit a variety of budgets
and lifestyles. Our homes are built
to specific building, technical and
health and safety regulations and
other regulatory requirements as
well  as to our own quality standards.

• We take very seriously the health
and safety of our employees,
sub-contractors and visitors to
any of  our locations.

• We strive to maintain long-term

working relationships with reputable
sub-contractors to reduce health
and safety risks and to ensure the
availability and quality of materials
and labour.

• We seek to ensure that we have

suitable building materials available
at competitive prices to enable us
to construct homes to the high
standards expected of us by our
customers, within budget and
on time.

• We closely monitor work in progress

to ensure that build rates are
consistent with sales rates.

by our divisional land and planning
teams and the Head Office
strategic land team using their
local knowledge and contacts.
A viability assessment and appraisal
is prepared by the division, which
is assessed in detail at regional and
then Group level, where the final
decision is taken to purchase the site.
Board approval may also be required
depending upon the value and
nature of the proposed acquisition.

• The number of large, long-term sites
we own is strictly controlled to avoid
having too much capital tied up or
concentrated in one location.

• We often secure land without the

benefit of an implementable detailed
planning permission (‘DPP’), typically
brownfield sites with an outline
planning consent or on a ‘subject to
planning’ basis. We use the expertise
of our land and planning teams to
obtain a DPP which thereby adds
value and enables higher returns.

• We aim to increase the number

of homes sold through continued
investment in appropriate land and
in our divisional teams.

12

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Delivering an 
excellent customer 
experience

Investing in 
our people

What we do

What we do

• We aspire to sell homes that are
desirable and affordable for our
customers. The satisfaction of
our customers is of the utmost
importance and ultimately this will
determine the success or otherwise
of our business.

• We aim to deliver an excellent

experience to our customers, both
before and after occupation of
their homes, building upon our
reputation as a quality national
housebuilder. Each division has
a dedicated customer care team,
which is supported by a Group Head
of Customer Care and our Customer
Experience Committee.

• Our people are key to the success
of our business and we aim to
provide them with a rewarding
and fulfilling career.

• We aim to continue hiring top

quality people to complement our
existing workforce.

• We provide structured training
programmes for apprentices
and trainees and relevant
training for other employees.
We are also developing a
graduate training programme.

How we create value

• Reinvest profit.

• Earnings for employees.

• Payments to sub-contractors,
suppliers and consultants.

• Investment in communities.

• Payments to national and

local government.

• Dividends to shareholders.

Throughout this report (>) refers 
to where we have described our 
approach to the environment, 
employees, social matters, human 
rights and anti-bribery and corruption 
in accordance with the new Non-
Financial Reporting Regulations set 
out in sections 414CA and 414CB of the 
Companies Act 2006. Relevant policies 
are available on our website, together 
with our Economic and Social 
Impact report.

Environment

Society 
and economy

Construction

Over the next few pages we 
explain our business model in more 
detail, including how this is 
aligned with our three corporate 
responsibility pillars.

13

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportBusiness Model continued

Selecting the 
right land

What we rely on

How we measure our performance

• Where sites require planning consent it may take many

months to progress a parcel of land through the planning
consent process before we can start building and selling
homes. We therefore require our land teams to purchase
sufficient sites to ensure that we have the necessary
amount of land to meet our short-term volume growth
targets as well as a pipeline of land for subsequent years.

Alignment with our corporate 
responsibility pillars

By building quality homes on predominantly 
brownfield land we are contributing to the 
regeneration of areas in mainly urban locations.

By paying section 106 and Community Infrastructure 
Levy (‘CIL’) contributions we provide local authorities 
with revenue for community investment.

Local authorities benefit from additional revenue 
under the New Homes Bonus.

For more information see pages 34 to 41.

Acquiring high quality sustainable sites in areas of strong 
customer demand that meet or exceed both our financial 
and non-financial acquisition criteria is key to the success 
of the business. Failure to have an adequate supply of land 
would put our ability to achieve our volume growth targets 
under pressure. We therefore link part of the executive 
directors’ bonuses to the delivery of a sufficient land bank to 
meet our growth aspirations. RoCE is a key indicator of how 
we are delivering our strategy of building shareholder value, 
which is reliant on land acquisition and the subsequent 
performance of our developments. Gross margin enables us 
to monitor the robustness of our land purchasing process 
and the level of profit on land purchases. RoCE and gross 
margin remain strong but reduced slightly and our land bank 
remains appropriate.

Sufficient land bank of plots with DPP 

REM

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Achieved

Achieved

25.5

25.9

27.2

27.6

The risk we mitigate

Gross margin (%)

• The inability to source suitable land that meets our

financial and non-financial acquisition criteria, including
minimum gross margin and RoCE hurdle rates. There has
been no change to this risk during the year.

25.5%
-40bps

For more information see page 24.

RoCE (%)(~)

27.2%
-40bps

 Link to remuneration – see pages 58 to 77.

14

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Managing the  
planning process

What we rely on

How we measure our performance

• Our planning teams build collaborative relationships with
local councils, residents and interest groups so that our
completed developments benefit the communities in
which they are built and reflect local needs(>). We also rely
on government support to make improvements to the
planning process such as the continuation of the NPPF.

Alignment with our corporate 
responsibility pillars 

We consult with local residents as part of the planning 
process to help us build the homes our customers 
desire locally(>).

We make contributions to local communities through 
section 106 and CIL payments and through the 
provision of the New Homes Bonus. 

For more information see pages 34 to 41.

The risk we mitigate

• Delays and increasing complexity in the planning process.
This risk has reduced slightly during the year due to our
continued development of skills in this area.

For more information see page 24.

Note: 

1. Excluding joint ventures.

These KPIs enable us to monitor the number of plots in each 
tier of our land bank to ensure they remain sufficient to help 
us deliver our strategy of volume growth. 

At the end of the year we had an appropriate number of 
plots in each land bank tier.

Number of plots owned and controlled with DPP (plots)(1)

26,877 plots 
+4.8%

2018

2017

Number of plots acquired with DPP (plots)(1)

4,845 plots 
-9.0%

2018

2017

26,877

25,655

4,845

5,327

Number of plots converted from medium-term  
‘pipeline’ (plots)(1)

6,684 plots 
+31.2%

2018

2017

6,684

5,093

Number of plots in ‘pipeline’ (plots)(1)

14,200 plots 
+16.4%

2018

2017

14,200

12,200

Number of plots in strategic land bank with positive  
planning status (plots)(1)

8,500 plots 
+23.2%

2018

2017

8,500

6,900

15

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportBusiness Model continued

Constructing the 
right product

What we rely on

How we measure our performance

• Experienced construction people, strong relationships
with skilled sub-contractors and consultants, together
with Group purchasing arrangements with suppliers and
manufacturers, are key to enabling us to deliver homes
built to the right standard, at the right time and at the
right price.

Alignment with our corporate 
responsibility pillars

The health and safety of everyone who works on and 
visits any of our locations is paramount.

Reducing waste on site delivers cost savings for the 
business and reduces the amount of waste sent 
to landfill.

Building strong long-term relationships with 
sub-contractors, consultants, and suppliers and 
manufacturers of materials generates benefits for us, 
those we do business with and the communities in 
which we operate(>). 

For more information see pages 34 to 41.

The risks we mitigate

• Shortage of building materials at competitive prices.

• Shortage of appropriately skilled construction people and

sub-contractors.

• Significant health and safety risks inherent in the

construction process.

There has been no change to these risks during the year. 

For more information see pages 24 to 25.

The health and safety of our employees, sub-contractors 
and visitors on site is paramount. We therefore include 
the Group’s health and safety performance as part 
of the executive directors’ potential bonus payment. 
Improvements in health and safety performance are 
indicated by a lower NHBC health and safety incident rate 
and by a reduction in the RIDDOR seven-day reportable 
incident rate per 100,000 site operatives(>).

The NHBC health and safety incident rate deteriorated but 
was still around two and a half times better than the industry 
average(>). All other KPIs either improved or remained 
the same. 

NHBC health and safety incident rate 

0.867
+25.7%

2018

2017

REM

0.867

0.690

Number of NHBC Pride in the Job Awards (awards)

49 awards
No change

2018

2017

49

49

Number of RIDDOR seven-day reportable incidents per 
100,000 site operatives (accidents)

404.02
accidents
-5.2%

2018

2017

404.02

426.36

Number of NHBC Health and Safety Awards (awards)

11 awards
+10.0%

2018

2017

11

10

 Link to remuneration – see pages 58 to 77.

16

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 201817

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportBusiness Model continued

Delivering an 
excellent customer 
experience

What we rely on

How we measure our performance

• Sales and customer care teams that are well trained, have
the right attitude and have the resources available to them
to deliver excellent service to our customers, both before
and after occupation of their home.

• Well trained Site Managers who are responsible for, and
take genuine pride in, the quality of each finished home
that we build.

Alignment with our corporate 
responsibility pillars

We have chosen the following KPIs as they demonstrate 
progress made in delivering our strategy of volume growth. 
We believe that customer satisfaction plays a very important 
part in achieving this volume growth and part of the 
bonus available to the executive directors is based upon 
improvements made in customer service. 

All of these KPIs have improved or remained the same 
during the year.

Customer satisfaction score (%) 

We continue to improve energy efficiency by building 
homes which are, on average, more energy efficient 
than is required by building regulations.

86.0%
+80bps

2018

2017

Customer handover folders contain information on 
sustainable travel, local recycling centres and energy 
efficiency advice. 

Number of homes sold (homes) 

For more information see pages 34 to 41.

The risks we mitigate

• There are a number of risks, which if not appropriately
mitigated, will negatively impact customer experience.
Our risk management processes, including the initiatives
being delivered by our Customer Experience Committee,
seek to reduce the impact of all risks, thus trying to
maintain an excellent level of customer experience.

These risks are not regarded as principal risks and so have 
not been included in our principal risk table on pages 24 to 
25. These risks have not changed during the year.

10,307 
homes
+6.9%

2018

2017

Reservation rate (homes per week)

200 
homes 
+7.0%

2018

2017

HBF home builder status (star)

5 star
No change

2018

2017

Order book value at 31 July (£m)

£1,301.1m
+0.4%

2018

2017

Link to remuneration – see pages 58 to 77.

18

REM

86.0

85.2

10,307

9,644

200

187

5

5

1,301.1

1,296.3

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Investing in 
our people

What we rely on

How we measure our performance

• Our skilled, professional and dedicated employees
are provided with the right level of training, support
and resources.

We use the following KPIs as indicators of how successful 
we have been during the year in managing and developing 
our people. 

• Our dedicated Human Resources team, which focusses on
the attraction, development and retention of talent across
the business.

• Ensuring the human rights of our employees and of those

who work with us are protected(>).

Alignment with our corporate 
responsibility pillars

Further improvements in training 
and development. 

For more information see pages 34 to 41.

The risk we mitigate

• The inability to attract and retain appropriate people

remains a significant risk to the business. There has been
no change to this risk during the year.

For more information see page 25.

All of these KPIs have improved during the year apart from 
employee turnover and the percentage of employees who 
have worked for the Group for 10 years or more. This is a 
reflection of the increase in the number of new employees 
joining the business during this period of sustained growth.

We have policies and training in place to protect the 
human rights of our employees and those who work for us. 
These are overseen by our Human Resources department 
to ensure these policies are adhered to, and any concerns 
are reported through our whistleblowing hotline. There have 
been no issues of concern raised during the year(>).

Employees who have worked for the Group for 10 years 
or more (%)

16.4%
-160bps

2018

2017

16.4

18.0

Number of graduates and apprentices (number)

142
+54%

2018

2017

142

92

Training days per employee (days)

4.7 days
+12%

2018

2017

Employee turnover (%)

21.4%
+20bps

2018

2017

4.7

4.2

21.4

21.2

19

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportStrategy

Bellway’s strategy is to build 
shareholder value through 
sustainable and disciplined volume 
growth, utilising the Group’s 
operational and balance sheet 
capacity, combined with a strong 
focus on RoCE. This generates 
growth in the Group’s NAV which, 
when combined with a progressive 
dividend policy, results in value 
creation for shareholders.

To achieve our overall strategy we 
have identified the following seven 
key strategic priorities.

The metrics we use to measure 
our performance are on pages  
14 to 19.

Volume growth

Overview

Delivering disciplined growth through our national divisional 
structure, selecting the right land and managing the 
planning process.

How we performed in 2017/18

• We continued to focus our land buying in areas of strong

customer demand and in sustainable locations.

• We secured DPP on sufficient land during the year to meet our 

requirements for 2018/19.

• We have invested in sufficient land in all tiers of our land bank 

to support our volume growth aspirations.

Our plans for 2018/19

•  We will maintain our current disciplined growth strategy, whilst

being mindful of market conditions.

• We will task newer divisions with delivering ambitious long-term

growth plans.

• We will seek to purchase land where possible with the benefit
of an existing DPP consent or subject to such consent being
granted prior to acquisition.

• We will focus land buying on sites which suit smaller or lower 

average selling price homes.

• We plan to open further divisions during the year.

Strengthening the brand

Driving down costs
Driving down costs

Overview

Overview

By making sure that our customers receive an excellent experience 
when purchasing a new home, both prior to and following moving 
in, we will help to make a Bellway home the home of choice. 

Providing an appropriate product range on housing and apartment 
developments, at prices that are affordable for our customers and 
which are built efficiently and to a high quality. 

How we performed in 2017/18

How we performed in 2017/18

• We retained our HBF 5 star home builder status (one of only 

two national mainstream housebuilders to do so).

• We introduced a Customer Experience Committee to identify 

and deliver best practice across the Group.

• We have continuously refreshed our training for all customer-

facing employees and are pleased to report that our 
independent customer satisfaction score is 86.0%.

• Our new house type range (‘The Artisan Collection’) has been
introduced across the Group for use on newly acquired sites.
• We have developed new, more comprehensive assessment

processes for Group suppliers to drive increased standardisation
of our construction specification.

• We run a continuous programme developing and sharing

good practice across the business.

Our plans for 2018/19

Our plans for 2018/19

• We will seek to retain our HBF 5 star home builder status.
• We will maintain the momentum of the Customer Experience

Committee and introduce more formal divisional representation.

• We will roll out our new customer website.
• We will roll out our new Bellway London brand.
• We will seek to improve our customer satisfaction score.

•  We will seek to make further design improvements to The Artisan
Collection and secure cost savings through standardisation and
procurement efficiencies and improved build times.

• We will deliver further cost savings and improve security 

of supply.

• We will increase the use of technology to improve benchmarking

and secure savings.

• We will review and trial the use of innovative new products.

20

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Appointing the right people

Value creation through capital 
and dividend growth

Overview

Overview

Providing our people with a rewarding and fulfilling career, enabling 
them to achieve their full potential and deliver high levels of 
performance, contributing to the success of the business.

How we performed in 2017/18

• We have increased the number of training days per employee.
• We have introduced a Trainee Assistant Site Manager 

apprenticeship programme.

• We have increased the number of graduates and apprentices
we recruit and train by 54% and have joined The 5% Club.

• We have made further improvements to our employee benefits.

Our plans for 2018/19

• We will introduce a Site Manager Training Programme.
• We will update and refine our divisional management

progression and retention plan.

• We will introduce exit interviews to improve our understanding of 

employee turnover.

• We will introduce total reward statements to assist in

staff retention.

• We will improve the focus of diversity across the Group, including

targeted recruitment campaigns.

Reinvestment of earnings into financially attractive land 
opportunities, whilst maintaining a focus on RoCE, has led 
to a substantial increase in value for shareholders through a 
combination of the ongoing growth in NAV and increasing 
dividend payments.

How we performed in 2017/18

• We continued to invest capital into land and work in progress
in areas with high demand, without compromising our hurdle
rates in relation to RoCE and margin, to ensure that the Group is
well placed to deliver further growth.

• Paid dividends of £162.6 million.
• Increased NAV by 16.5% to 2,079p.

Our plans for 2018/19

• We will continue to invest capital into land and work in progress
in a controlled manner in areas of high demand to ensure that
the Group is well placed to deliver further growth. This will be
done without compromising our hurdle rates.

• We expect to maintain our dividend cover of around three

times earnings.

Focus on return  
on capital employed

Maintaining a flexible 
capital structure

Overview

Overview

Ensuring that our assets are used in the most efficient way to deliver 
shareholder returns. 

We use a combination of cash, bank facilities and equity to 
provide us with access to finance in a balanced and flexible way. 
This enables us to deliver our growth strategy while managing 
the cash flow requirements of the business, including delivering 
dividends to our shareholders.

How we performed in 2017/18

How we performed in 2017/18

• We maintained a focus on balance sheet management, with

• We maintained sufficient bank facilities to support the cash flow 

particular emphasis on large capital-intensive sites.

requirements of the Group.

• We maintained RoCE as a key assessment when buying land.
• Our Ashberry brand was used to increase output on larger sites.

• We actively managed our gearing levels.
• We generated cash through the sale of new build homes.

Our plans for 2018/19

Our plans for 2018/19

•  We will maintain a focus on balance sheet management, with

particular emphasis on large capital-intensive sites.

• We will maintain RoCE as a key assessment when buying land.
•  We will increase the Group’s completions from our Ashberry brand.

• We will increase our banking facilities to £500 million.
• We will maintain our current bi-lateral banking arrangements.
• We will maintain our current investor relations activities.

21

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportKey Stakeholder Relationships

Maintaining good relationships with our essential stakeholders is key to 
what we do – ensuring our business runs effectively and our homes add 
value to the local community.

Customers

Investors

• Our highly trained and dedicated team of

Sales Advisors engage and communicate with
customers from the first meeting, through the
home reservation stage and on to the final legal
completion and beyond. They are always available
to help ensure that the whole home buying
process runs as smoothly as possible.

• Following legal completion, our Customer Charter 

sets out the process of engagement with our 
customers to ensure that the after-sales experience
continues to be a positive one.

• Our dedicated customer care team at
each division is supported by a Group
Head of Customer Care and our Customer 
Experience Committee.

• Our executive management team meets with

major shareholders and analysts at least twice a
year to discuss interim and full year financial results,
answer questions and discuss future actions.

• The Board receives reports from our broker and PR
advisors following our interim and full year results
presentations that provide feedback from investors
and analysts.

• We encourage all shareholders to attend our AGM.

• We seek the views of shareholder representative

bodies where necessary, especially on the areas of
director remuneration and Board succession.

• We respond to ad hoc queries from shareholders

wherever possible.

Employees

• We ensure that our colleagues are well informed
and have the knowledge they need to operate
successfully in the best interests of Bellway, our 
customers and stakeholders.

• Our employees receive regular communications
in relation to changes to policies, procedures,
services and advice.

• With a dedicated Human Resources team

operating during the year, focus has been on
attraction, development and retention of talent
across the business.

• Senior management regularly attend and present

to the Board and directors visit the divisions,
which help to inform the Board on matters that are
important to our employees.

Suppliers/consultants/
sub-contractors

• We regularly hold meetings and communicate with

our suppliers, sub-contractors and consultants,
passing on relevant information to each division
as appropriate. Where there is new product
information, this is communicated in a timely 
manner to each division.

• We have appointed a Head of Procurement to

develop our relationships with and management of
our supply chain.

• We strive to maintain long-term working

relationships with reputable sub-contractors to
reduce health and safety risks and to ensure the
availability and quality of materials and labour.

• We strive to maintain long-term working

relationships with our suppliers, sub-contractors
and consultants to further strengthen the long-term
interests of our business.

22

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Local  
communities

• Prior to the submission of a planning application,
we undertake rigorous consultation with the local
community in accordance with the consultation
policy of the local authority. This involves informing
communities about the proposed development,
and attending public meetings and exhibitions,
and in consultation with the local authority,
we listen and act on feedback received where
reasonable and practicable(>).

• This process allows us to ensure the views of the
local community and neighbouring land owners
are taken into account as far as is reasonable and
practicable(>).

• We operate the Considerate Constructors Scheme

on developments where appropriate.

Affordable housing 
providers

• Effective partnership with a range of public

bodies and agencies is central to the success of
Bellway’s business. We value the opportunities
that partnerships bring and the benefits these
relationships deliver to the communities we
build in.

• We have long established relationships with

Housing Association (‘HA’) partners across the
country, ranging from large national and regional
organisations to small rural providers. Together we
work to build communities and improve the
affordability of housing for local people.

• Our engagement with HAs ranges from joint

ventures and strategic partnerships to the ongoing
delivery of affordable housing on most of our 
developments. These relationships are maintained
across the Group through regular meetings at
national, regional and local levels.

Government  
and regulators(>)

• We maintain national and regional representation

with Homes England, working closely on their public
land and housing investment agendas. We are a
significant partner in the government’s Help to Buy 
programme and, through our presence on national
forums, contribute to the efficient delivery of this
major policy initiative.

• We are an active participant in the Homes and

Community Agency’s Delivery Partner Panel (‘DPP3’).
We have national coverage through representation
in all five regional frameworks and are also a
member of the GLA’s London Development Panel.

• Regional and local government policy has a
significant influence on the operation of our 
business and we seek to work collaboratively with 
local authorities and key statutory bodies, ensuring
that developments are brought forward efficiently 
and with regard to local needs. In London we
work closely with the Greater London Authority 
and London Boroughs, and engage at a senior 
level with both the Welsh Assembly and Scottish
Parliament, working closely on their respective Help
to Buy programmes.

• Bellway also engages at a strategic level with senior 
officials within the Ministry of Housing, Communities
& Local Government (‘MHCLG’), the treasury and
the cabinet office to address the pressing issues
of accelerating housing delivery, widening home
ownership opportunity and the regeneration
of communities.

Land owners

• We actively seek land for development and are

always interested in hearing from land owners and
agents who have land to sell.

• Our local teams of specialist land buyers work

directly with members of the public, commercial
vendors and the public sector alike to realise land
opportunities. They are able to consider any site,
whether greenfield or brownfield and regardless of
current planning status, and they have direct access
to substantial funds, allowing for highly competitive
offers to be arrived at quickly, subject to Head
Office approval.

• Through our local regional offices we have

extensive knowledge of local planning policies and
frameworks and have proven expertise in guiding
challenging sites through the planning system.

• In addition to acquiring land outright, we are also
able to consider joint venture and partnership
agreements.

23

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportPrincipal Risks

We have identified the following principal risks to our business:

Risk and description

Strategic relevance

KPIs

Mitigation

Change in year

Land
Inability to source 
suitable land at 
appropriate gross 
margins and RoCE

Planning
Delays and complexity 
in the planning process

 — Insufficient land would 

 — Land bank (with DPP).

affect our volume growth 
targets.

 — Failure to buy land at the 

right margin would have a 
detrimental effect on future 
returns.

 — Number of homes sold.

 — RoCE.

 — Gross margin.

 — EPS.

 — Budgeting and forecasting of growth 
targets to ensure land bank supports 
strategic target.

 — Pre-purchase due diligence and viabilities 

No change.

on all proposed land purchases. 

 — Authorisation of all land purchases in 
accordance with our Authority Matrix.

 — Group and divisional planning specialists 
in place to assist with securing planning 
permissions.

 — Management of immediate, medium-

term and strategic land to maintain an 
appropriate balance of land in terms of 
quantity and location.

This risk has reduced 
slightly during the year 
due to investment in our 
strategic land team.

 — Failure to obtain planning 

 — EPS.

within appropriate 
timescales would have 
a detrimental impact on 
our growth prospects and 
have an adverse effect on 
returns.

 — RoCE.

 — Number of plots acquired 
directly in land bank with 
an implementable DPP.

 — Number of plots 

converted from medium-
term pipeline to land with 
DPP.

 — Number of plots in our 

pipeline land bank.

 — Number of plots identified 
in our strategic land bank 
with a positive planning 
status.

Construction resources
Shortage of appropriately 
skilled sub-contractors 
and shortages of 
building materials at 
competitive prices

 — Failure to secure 

required and appropriate 
resources causes delays 
in construction, impacting 
the ability to deliver volume 
growth targets.

 — Pricing pressure would 

impact returns.

 — Number of homes sold.

 — Systems to select, appoint, monitor, 

 — Customer satisfaction 

score.

 — Employee turnover.

 — EPS.

manage and build long-term relationships 
with our sub-contractors.

 — Competitive rates and prompt payment for 

No change.

our sub-contractors.

 — Group-wide purchasing arrangements.

 — Continued review and monitoring of 

supplier and sub-contractor performance.

Health and safety
There are significant 
health and safety 
risks inherent in the 
construction process

 — In addition to the moral 

 — Number of RIDDOR 

 — The Board considers health and safety 

obligation and the 
requirement to act in 
a responsible manner, 
injuries to any individual 
while at one of our 
business locations would 
delay construction and 
could result in criminal 
prosecution, civil litigation 
and reputational damage.

seven-day reportable 
incidents per 100,000 site 
operatives.

 — NHBC health and safety 

benchmark.

 — NHBC Health and Safety 

Awards.

issues at every meeting.

 — Regular visits to sites by senior 

management (independent of our 
divisions) and external consultants to 
monitor health and safety standards and 
performance against the health and safety 
policies and procedures.

No change.

 — Number of homes sold.

 — Ongoing monitoring of key business 

 — Forward order book.

 — Reservation rate.

 — Customer satisfaction 

score.

 — EPS.

 — RoCE.

metrics and development of action plans 
as necessary.

 — Product range and pricing strategy 

determined based on regional market 
conditions.

 — Use of sales incentives, such as part-
exchange, to encourage the selling 
process.

 — Use of government-backed schemes to 

encourage home ownership.

This risk has increased 
slightly during the 
year due to increased 
uncertainty over Brexit 
and the impact on 
the economy.

Sales and external factors
There are a number of 
external factors that 
could affect our ability to 
generate sales, including 
but not limited to:

 — The impact of these 

external factors would be 
on the ability to sell houses 
and apartments and on 
returns.

 — Economic factors, 

especially house price 
inflation and interest 
rates

 — Mortgage availability

 — Government housing 

policy

24

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Risk and description

Strategic relevance

KPIs

Mitigation

Change in year

Sales and external factors
Uncertainty over Brexit 
and the future impact 
on the economy could 
significantly impact our 
ability to deliver our 
strategic objectives

 —  The uncertainty that 

currently exists in relation 
to Brexit and the economy 
has resulted in splitting out 
the risk associated with 
Brexit due to the potential 
impact on our business.

Human resources
Inability to attract and 
retain appropriate people

 — Failure to attract and retain 
people with appropriate 
skills will affect our ability 
to perform and deliver our 
volume growth target.

 — Number of homes sold.

 — While outside of our direct control, we 

 —  Forward order book.

 —  Reservation rate.

 —  EPS.

 —  RoCE.

continue to monitor business performance 
and build a robust future-proof business 
with a solid strategy and sound financial 
controls.

This risk has increased 
during the year as a 
result of continued 
uncertainty over Brexit.

 — Employee turnover.

 — Continued development of the Group 

 — Number of graduates and 

apprentices.

 — Number of people who 
have worked for the 
Group for 10 years or 
more.

Human Resources function and 
implementation of our people strategy. 

 — Competitive salary and improved 

No change.

employee benefits.

 — Succession plans in place and key person 
dependencies identified and mitigated.

 — Increased the number of training days per 

employee.

 — Introduced a Trainee Assistant Site 

Manager apprenticeship programme.

 — Increased the number of graduates and 

apprentices.

IT and security
Failure to have suitable 
systems in place and 
appropriate back up, 
contingency plans and 
security policies

 — Poor performance of our 
systems would affect 
operational efficiency, 
profitability and our control 
environment.

 — EPS.

 — Group-wide systems are in operation 
which are centrally controlled with an 
outsourced support function in place.

 — Continued investment in systems.

 — Regular review and testing of our security 

measures, contingency plans and IT 
security policies.

 — Creation of Cyber Security Committee.

There has been 
an increase in this 
risk during the 
year as a result of 
a complex system 
implementation project.

Legal and regulatory compliance
 — Lack of appropriate 
Failure to comply with 
procedures and 
legislation and regulatory  
compliance would result in 
requirements
delays in land development 
and construction, have 
a detrimental impact on 
profitability and reputation 
and potentially lead 
to financial penalties 
and other regulatory 
consequences.

 — Volume growth.

 — EPS.

 — Central Company Secretarial, Legal, Health 
and Safety and Technical functions advise 
and support divisions on compliance and 
regulatory matters.

 — Group-wide policies, procedures and 
training for key regulatory matters.

No change.

In addition to the above individual principal risks, we are currently going through a period of change within the business, both 
in terms of senior management and some significant IT processes. Change naturally brings risk to the business as systems and 
processes are developed and evolved and as employees adjust to changing organisational structures. The risks associated 
with change have been evaluated and are monitored by management and the Board.

25

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportRisk Management

Our established framework for managing risks has continued 
to be in place across the business throughout this financial 
year, with the responsibility to implement the Board’s 
policies on risk management and internal control sitting 
with management.

Our risk management objectives continue to be:

• assess risks against an agreed appetite for risk, which is

regularly reviewed.

• improve the balance of risk and return through developing

and maintaining a proactive, risk aware culture.

• ensure there is a consistent approach for the identification,
assessment, control, monitoring, follow up and reporting
of risks.

• develop and implement action plans to ensure that risks

are mitigated where required, are within our agreed
risk appetite and that improvements are made to our
control environment.

• ensure the approach to risk management meets the
needs of the business, senior management and all
key stakeholders.

Risk management roles and responsibilities

In all businesses, the responsibility of managing risk sits 
with every employee. In undertaking their roles, employees 
are assisting in identifying, assessing and managing risks. 
Specific roles and responsibilities as set out in our risk 
management framework and corresponding policy are  
set out in the diagram below:

Risk management process

A risk register is maintained detailing all of our potential risks, 
categorised between strategic, operational, financial and 
compliance and reputational risks. The risk management 
processes are set up to ensure all aspects of the business are 
considered, from strategy through to business execution and 
including any specialist business areas.

The risk register is reviewed on a regular basis as part of 
the management reporting process, resulting in the regular 
assessment of each risk, its severity and any required 
mitigating actions. The severity of risk is determined 
based on a defined scoring system assessing risk impact 
and likelihood.

A summary of principal risks is reported to management, 
the Audit Committee and the Board, which is mainly, 
but not exclusively, comprised of risks considered to be 
outside of our risk appetite after mitigation. This summary is 
reviewed throughout the year, with the Board systematically 
considering the risks taking into account any changes which 
may have occurred. 

Once a year, via the Audit Committee, the Board determines 
whether the system of risk management is appropriately 
designed and operating effectively.

More information on risk management and internal controls 
is included within the Audit Committee Report on pages 52 
to 57.

Risk management framework

Risk management process

The 
Board
•  Overall responsibility for risk 
management.

•  Review, challenge and approve 
the risk management framework 
and corresponding policy, processes 
and annual risk plan.

•  Review and agree risk appetite.

•  Review and challenge 
risk reports.

Audit 
Committee
•  Oversee risk management 
framework, policy and processes.

•  Review routine risk reports and utilise 
risk information to review and approve 
assurance plans and priorities.

•  Provide assurance over risk 
management to the Board.

•  Monitor the progress of risk 

mitigating actions and 
recommendations.

Executive 
Management
•  Review, challenge and approve the 
risk management framework and  
corresponding policy and processes.

•  Review and challenge risk information 
against stated business objectives.

•  Approve risk treatments and actions.

•  Approve risk reports for the Board.

•  Review and agree 
risk appetite.

Key

Head 
of Risk
•  Design and implement the risk 
management framework and  
corresponding policy and processes.

•  Facilitate and implement the risk 
management framework, policy 
and processes.

•  Undertake risk management 
activities and produce reports 
in accordance with risk  
management policy.

Reports to

Direct and monitor

26

Identify
all business 
areas

Evaluate
severity 
of risks

Treat
to bring within 
risk appetite

Action
mitigate risks 
(where needed)

Report
monitor risks and 
report progress 
of mitigation

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial risk management

The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash, bank loans 
and overdrafts and various items such as trade receivables 
and trade payables that arise directly from its operations. 

The main objective of the Group’s policy towards financial 
instruments is to maximise returns on the Group’s cash 
balances, manage the Group’s working capital requirements 
and finance the Group’s ongoing operations.

Capital management

The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base to 
underpin the future development of the business in order 
to deliver value to shareholders. The Group finances its 
operations through reinvested profits, bank borrowings, cash 
in hand and the management of working capital. 

The Board expects to maintain a dividend cover of around 
three times earnings.

Management of financial risk

The main risks associated with the Group’s financial 
instruments held during the year have been identified as 
credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and housing market 
risk. The Board is responsible for managing these risks and 
the policies adopted, which have remained unchanged 
during the year and are set out below.

Credit risk
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is largely mitigated as the 
vast majority of the Group’s sales are made on completion 
of a legal contract, at which point monies are received in 
exchange for transfer of legal title.

There is no specific concentration of credit risk in respect 
of home sales as the exposure is spread over a number 
of customers. In respect of trade receivables, the amounts 
presented in the balance sheet are stated after adjusting 
for any doubtful receivables, based on the judgement 
of the Group’s management through using both previous 
experience and knowledge of the current position (see 
note 13). 

No credit limits were exceeded during the reporting period 
or subsequently and the Group does not anticipate any 
losses from non-performance by these counterparties.

The Board considers the Group’s exposure to credit risk 
to be acceptable and normal for an entity of its size, in the 
industry in which it operates.

Liquidity risk
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of 
equity (comprising share capital, reserves and reinvested 
profit) and debt (comprising bank overdraft facilities and 
borrowings). The Group manages its liquidity risk by 
monitoring existing facilities and cash flows against forecast 
requirements based on a three-year rolling cash forecast.

The Group’s Treasury Policy has, as its principal objective, 
the maintenance of flexible bank facilities in order to meet 
anticipated borrowing requirements. The Group’s banking 
arrangements outlined in note 16 to the accounts are 
considered to be adequate in terms of flexibility and liquidity 
for its medium-term cash flow needs. Relationships with 
banks and overall cash management are co-ordinated 
centrally. The Group is operating well within its financial 
covenants and available bank facilities.

Short-term cash surpluses are placed on deposit at 
competitive rates with high quality counterparties. Other than 
those disclosed, there are no financial instruments or 
derivative contracts. The Board therefore considers the 
Group’s liquidity risk to be mitigated.

In relation to land payables, certain payables are secured on 
the respective land asset held (see note 15). No other security 
is held against any other financial assets of the Group.

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk reflects the Group’s exposure to fluctuations 
in interest rates. The risk arises because the Group’s overdraft 
and floating rate bank loans bear interest based on LIBOR. 

The Group’s attitude to interest rate risk and forecast debt is 
influenced by the existing and forecast conditions prevailing 
at the time that each new interest-bearing instrument is 
entered into. This will determine, amongst other things, the 
term and whether a fixed or floating interest rate is obtained.

During the year ended 31 July 2018, it is estimated that 
an increase of 1% in interest rates applying to the full year 
would have decreased the Group’s profit before taxation by 
£1.914 million (2017 – £1.708 million).

Housing market risk
The Group is affected by movements in UK house prices. 
These in turn are affected by factors such as credit 
availability, employment levels, interest rates, consumer 
confidence and supply of land with planning.

While it is not possible for the Group to fully mitigate housing 
market risk on a national macroeconomic basis, the Group 
does continually monitor its geographical spread within 
the UK, seeking to balance investment in areas offering 
the best immediate returns with a long-term spread of its 
operations throughout the UK to minimise the effect of local 
microeconomic fluctuations.

Going Concern Statement

After conducting a full review, the directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to fund its operations for at least the next 
12 months. For this reason, they continue to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the accounts as 
discussed further on page 81.

Long-Term Viability Statement 

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the directors have assessed the 
viability of the Group over a period of three years which 
is longer than that required by the going concern 
assumption. This assessment is based on the Group’s 
current position and the potential effect of its principal 
risks facing the Group, which are summarised on pages 24 
to 27.

The output of this review considered the profitability, 
cash flows and funding requirements of the Group over a 
period of three years, which is generally the same period 
used for internal forecasts. The review entailed sensitising 
the expected number of legal completions, average 
selling prices, overheads and land expenditure, assuming 
a severe downside scenario. The assessment included 
an assumption that existing banking facilities remained in 
place, but were not renewed at the end of their tenures. 
Based on the results of this review, the directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over this three-year period. 

27

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportOperating Review

  Bellway’s ongoing strategy for growth should 
deliver further sustainable, long-term returns 
for shareholders. 

Jason Honeyman
Chief Executive

Trading performance

Demand for new housing has been strong across all 
geographies in which the Group operates, contributing 
to an all-time high sales rate of 200 reservations per week 
(2017 – 187 per week), an increase of 7.0%. The pattern of 
reservations followed the usual seasonal trend, with a 
stronger performance in the second half of the financial year, 
commensurate with the onset of the spring selling season. 
Accordingly, the average weekly sales rate progressed from 
178 sales per week in the first half of the year (2017 H1 – 166 
per week), to 222 sales per week in the second half of the 
year (2017 H2 – 209 per week). Customer confidence was 
robust, reflected in the cancellation rate, which remained 
low at 11% (2017 – 11%).

The strong performance has been driven by further 
investment in land and work in progress, which enabled the 
opening of a total of 103 new outlets throughout the year. 
As a result, the average number of active outlets rose by 
7.4% to 247 (2017 – 230). 

The pricing environment was generally positive, with sites 
located in affordable areas, where demand is strong, still 
able to achieve low, single digit price rises. As the year has 
progressed, the rate of house price inflation has moderated, 
although it is still running ahead of cost increases. 
Nevertheless, the net inflationary enhancement to the 
margin, which has augmented results over recent years, is 
beginning to abate. Demand was less pronounced at the 
higher end of the market, where affordability was a greater 
constraint for some purchasers and where pricing gains 
were more difficult to achieve. Measurements of affordability 
are very location specific, however, only 4% of completions 
had a selling price beyond the Help to Buy threshold of 
£600,000, demonstrating Bellway’s low exposure to the 
higher end of the market.

Help to Buy remains an important selling tool, accounting 
for 39% of completions (2017 – 35%), with its use more 
pronounced in London, where affordability is most 
constrained. The ongoing availability of Help to Buy 
underpins the sector’s ability to continue growing output. 
It provides affordable access to mortgage finance for 
many, particularly those hoping to make their first move 
on the housing ladder, with approximately 67% of Bellway 
customers using Help to Buy being first-time buyers.

The following table shows the number and average 
selling price of homes completed in the year, analysed 
geographically, between private and social homes.

Homes sold (number)

   Private

   Social

   Total

North

South

2018

2017

4,171

4,092

3,897

3,670

2018

890

2017

758

2018

2017

5,061

4,655

1,154

1,319

5,246

4,989

Group

8,263

7,567

2,044

2,077

10,307

9,644

Average selling price (£000)

   Private

   Social

   Total

North

South

2018

2017

258.0

233.3

390.1

362.6

Group

323.4

296.0

2018

95.8

155.2

129.3

2017

97.9

2018

229.5

2017

211.3

149.1

338.4

306.2

130.4

284.9

260.4

There was strong growth in the number of private homes 
sold, which rose by 9.2% to 8,263 (2017 – 7,567). This was 
the main driver behind the increase in the total number of 
homes sold, which rose by 6.9% to 10,307 (2017 – 9,644).

Our six newer divisions, opened since 1 August 2013, have 
been instrumental in achieving this output and accounted 
for 2,285 completions in the period (2017 – 1,829), an increase 
of 24.9%. These divisions, together with Bellway’s capacity 
to make investment in additional new divisions, provide 
the greatest opportunity to deliver further growth in the 
years ahead.

The increase in volume has also been supported by our 
Ashberry brand, introduced to increase the sales rate on 
some of our larger sites and hence improve balance sheet 
efficiency. The Ashberry brand contributed 348 completions 
(2017 – 157) during the year, representing 3.4% of total homes 
sold (2017 – 1.6%), and we intend to further build upon its 
success to date.

The market is strongest for affordably priced homes in 
desirable locations. Divisions in differing geographic 
locations, such as Northern Home Counties, East Midlands 
and Essex, where the focus is on family product, are 
performing particularly well and have each completed more 
than 700 homes. Our relatively new Manchester division 
is also performing well, benefiting from strong market 
conditions in this part of the country, together with significant 
land investment over recent years. In addition, our Scotland 
West division enjoyed a very successful year, delivering 794 
homes and thus establishing a solid platform from which to 
spearhead our Scotland East division, which commenced 
trading on 1 August 2018.

28

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Bellway also continues to enjoy success in the London 
market. This area has become a less substantial component 
of the business compared to several years ago, reflecting 
restrained investment in the Capital, in response to slower 
trading conditions and fewer compelling land opportunities.

Nevertheless, the London Boroughs contributed 1,118 
completions during the year (2017 – 959) at an average 
selling price of £414,872 (2017 – £371,796), with this 
representing 10.8% of the number of homes sold (2017 
– 9.9%) and 15.8% of housing revenue (2017 – 14.2%).
Our average selling price remains affordable in the context
of the London market and accordingly, sales demand has
generally remained robust. Sites such as those located
at Barking and West Drayton, with average selling prices
around £325,000, have performed particularly well, in total
contributing in excess of 300 homes in the year.

At the higher end of the London market, where customer 
demand can be less pronounced, Bellway has limited 
exposure, although our site at Nine Elms in Battersea is a 
notable exception. This site comprises 514 apartments at an 
anticipated overall average selling price of £668,029. It has 
sold very well to date, contributing 132 completions in the 
year, at an average selling price of £705,567. Including these 
completions, together with those homes already completed 
or contracted in the prior financial year, there were only 62 
apartments remaining to sell on this site at 31 July 2018, with 
construction expected to be complete by late 2019.

Excluding completions from Nine Elms, the Group’s average 
selling price in the Capital was £375,956 and demand 
remains robust at this price point.

Overall, the Group’s average selling price has risen by 9.4% 
to £284,937 (2017 – £260,354), with this rise in part influenced 
by the greater proportion of private homes sold. The private 
average selling price has risen by 9.3% to £323,426 (2017 
– £296,018), driven by investment in higher value, yet
affordable locations throughout the country, where strong
demand and robust pricing has influenced land acquisition
over recent years.

Driving down costs 

As housebuilders continue to increase output, there remains 
upward pressure on build costs throughout the industry. 
A shortage of skilled labour remains the greatest constraint 
to growth, but there is also a shortage of key materials, such 
as structural timber, plastics, bricks and blocks, with these 
exacerbated due to capacity issues in the broader building 
materials sector. Looking ahead, in order to mitigate some 
of these cost pressures, offset some of the reducing benefit 
of house price inflation and therefore help to protect the 
margin in the years ahead, the Group is introducing a 
number of positive cost control initiatives.

These include the development of ‘The Artisan Collection’, 
a new rationalised range of 24 standard Group house types, 
which our divisions have been plotting since June 2018. 
Improved internal layouts, together with a specification to 
meet the requirements of a modern family home, will both 
improve saleability yet reduce costs through the scale of 
standardisation. A unique part of ‘The Artisan Collection’ is 
the in-built adaptability of the external elevational treatments, 
thereby enabling distinctive developments with individual 
character areas. Not only does this enable us to meet 
the requirements of local planning authorities, but it also 
ensures that street scenes remain attractive to our customers. 
In addition, this flexibility maximises potential usage across 
the country and thus improves the cost benefit to the Group.

Following the initial launch of the Artisan range, our 
technical and sales teams are developing a new 
construction specification which will help the Group to 
rationalise the number of suppliers it uses. In addition, the 
Group has initiated a significant programme of IT investment, 
in partnership with COINS, to strengthen financial and 
commercial processes across the Group. This two-year 
programme will help deliver improved management 
information and cost visibility to help us target cost control 
measures. In particular, it will help us to capture some 
of the benefits of standardisation and lead to improved 
procurement savings. 

Taken together, these proactive measures should help to 
protect the margin in the future.

The strength of relationships with our sub-contractors 
is key to securing on-site labour. We pride ourselves 
on constructing properly laid out, well organised and 
professionally managed housing developments, with a keen 
focus on customer care and health and safety. In addition, 
we are signatories of the Prompt Payment Code, paying 
our sub-contractors, many of whom are local tradesmen, 
within an average of 23 days. This responsible and ethical 
approach leads to a more efficient and enjoyable working 
environment and fosters strong, loyal relationships, helping 
to secure certainty of labour over the longer term.

Investing for growth 

In addition to the new Scotland East division, which will 
contribute completions from 1 August 2018, the Board 
has approved plans to open two further new divisions 
in the second half of this financial year. The first of these, 
Eastern Counties, will deliver homes in and around 
Cambridgeshire, focussing mainly on affordably priced family 
homes. The second is a new London Partnerships business 
that will deliver further output in and around the Capital by 
focussing on building relationships with housing associations 
and institutional investors, making the most of the very high 
demand in this affordable part of the market.

Both new businesses will grow initially using the existing 
Group infrastructure in a cost effective and low risk manner. 
They are expected to contribute to growth in the year 
ending 31 July 2020.

With regards to land buying, the planning environment 
is generally positive, with a record number of planning 
permissions increasing the availability of good quality land. 
In some areas, however, the time taken to progress sites 
from outline through to detailed planning permission, 
fully resolving pre-commencement conditions, can delay 
construction start dates and hence frustrate the rate 
of output.

The land market remains strong and the Group is continuing 
to acquire land that meets or exceeds its financial hurdle 
rates in respect of gross margin and return on capital 
employed, focussing on population hubs where there is 
high demand for new homes. The Group entered into land 
contracts with a value of £833.5 million (2017 – £767.0 million) 
in order to acquire 12,962 plots (2017 – 11,613 plots) across 
100 sites (2017 – 97 sites). The land contracted is expected 
to achieve a gross margin of around 24%, based on 
an assessment of selling prices and costs at the time of 
acquisition. These contracted plots include additions to all 
sections of the land bank. 

29

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportOperating Review continued

The table below analyses the Group’s land holdings at 31 July:

Owned and controlled plots

Comprising:

2018

2017

41,077 37,855

 DPP: plots with implementable DPP

26,877 25,655

 Pipeline: plots pending an 
implementable DPP

14,200 12,200

Strategic plots with a positive planning 
status

8,500

6,900

In addition to entering into new land contracts, fulfilling 
contractual conditions and obtaining implementable 
detailed planning permission (‘DPP’) on sites is essential 
in order to ensure that land is in place to deliver growth. 
During the year, the Group either acquired or obtained 
planning permission on 11,529 plots (2017 – 10,420 plots), 
with these representing the additions to the top tier of the 
owned and controlled land bank, i.e. the section comprising 
plots that benefit from having an implementable DPP. 
As a result, the number of plots with DPP rose by 4.8% 
to 26,877 (2017 – 25,655).

Bellway typically acquires sites conditionally, without the 
benefit of detailed planning permission through its land 
‘pipeline’, and adds value by progressing these through 
the planning process. In total, 58% of the additions to the 
top tier of the land bank (2017 – 49%) originated from this 
land pipeline, demonstrating our success in the planning 
arena. Notwithstanding this success, the ‘pipeline’ section 
of the land bank has grown by 16.4% to include 14,200 plots 
(2017 – 12,200). 

In total, the owned and controlled land bank rose to 41,077 
plots (2017 – 37,855 plots), representing a supply of 4.0 years 
(2017 – 3.9 years) based on last year’s output.

As previously reported, as the Group continues to grow, 
longer term strategic land becomes more important 
as a supplementary source of supply. Our investment 
and success in this area means that strategic land has 
contributed 2,741 plots (2017 – 2,643 plots) into the total 
owned and controlled land bank during the year. 

In addition, we are continuing to invest in replenishing 
the strategic land bank and have entered into agreements 
for an additional 27 sites (2017 – 26 sites). As a result, and 
notwithstanding the promotion of a significant number of 
plots into the owned and controlled land bank, our strategic 
land holdings have risen to some 8,500 plots (2017 – 6,900 
plots). As always, we take a conservative approach to 
strategic land and report only those plots with a positive 
planning status, i.e. those that are either identified in a local 
plan for residential development or are the subject of a 
current planning application. The Group will make further 
investment in its strategic land resource in the year ahead.

Strengthening the brand 

Our long-term approach to growing the business ensures 
that high levels of customer satisfaction are at the forefront 
of what we do and hence it is important that the Bellway 
brand is one which customers can trust. We are therefore 
proud to have retained our status as a five star home 
builder in the Home Builders Federation Customer 
Satisfaction survey. Bellway is one of only two mainstream 
national housebuilders to have achieved this accolade, 
demonstrating that our commitment to quality is recognised 
by our customers. 

30

In addition, the high standards being achieved by our Site 
Managers have again been recognised, with 49 individuals 
achieving NHBC Pride in the Job Awards, a testament to 
their efforts (2017 – 49). We recognise that we cannot rest 
on our laurels and therefore continue to use our Customer 
Experience Committee, formed at the start of the financial 
year, to drive future improvements to quality and customer 
care. Initiatives include enhanced quality inspection 
procedures and improved customer communication to 
ensure that all divisions within Bellway achieve the required 
high standards.

The sales market has been strong for many years, however, 
now is the time to invest to make sure that the Group is 
well equipped to deal with changing customer trends. 
Whilst footfall on sites remains consistent, visitors to our 
website continue to grow year on year, as customers tend 
to use digital media to conduct their research before finally 
making a visit to a development. Given these changing 
trends, we have recently invested in a new website, 
launched in September 2018, and we will continue to 
improve its functionality and marketing capabilities over the 
next 12 months.

We have also implemented a Group-wide customer 
relationship management system which will allow us to 
develop specific, targeted marketing campaigns in a cost 
effective and efficient manner.

Lastly, we are taking steps to improve awareness of our 
established and successful presence in London. Accordingly, 
we have developed a new London specific logo, which can 
be adapted to a range of developments at different price 
points, whilst retaining key elements of the Bellway corporate 
identity. The consistent use of this brand and logo should, 
over time, help to increase customer awareness of Bellway’s 
activities in the Capital.

Building new homes safely 

Engendering a positive and proactive culture with regards to 
the health, safety and the wellbeing of those individuals who 
work on our construction sites is of the utmost importance 
to the Group. NHBC health and safety professionals visit 
our sites on a regular basis, benchmarking performance 
which compares favourably against other organisations in 
the sector.

In addition, our own in-house health and safety team 
regularly visit sites and review processes and procedures in 
order to demonstrate compliance, develop good practice, 
identify training needs and encourage innovation from our 
staff. This proactive approach contributed to a reduction 
in the lost time arising from accidents, with the seven-day 
reportable incident rate reducing by 5.2% to 404.02 incidents 
per 100,000 site operatives (2017 – 426.36).

Bellway has again performed exceptionally well in the NHBC 
Health and Safety Awards, with 11 of our Site Managers 
receiving Commended Awards (2017 – 10). In addition, four 
of these Site Managers went on to win Highly Commended 
Awards (2017 – five), including one that went on to achieve 
the National Runner-Up in the Large Builder Category. 
This strong performance represents 18% of the awards issued 
across the industry, far above our share of volume output.

The tragic Grenfell fire has understandably brought 
additional focus to ensuring that the apartments we build 
are safe. Bellway has a small number of developments 
where Aluminium Composite Materials (‘ACM’) has been 
used. Whilst we received Building Regulations approval for 
their use at the time, as a responsible developer, we are 
fully engaged with the government and our partners to 

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018develop solutions that protect our customers and future 
occupiers. Accordingly, the Group has set aside a provision, 
net of recoveries, of £5.9 million to deal with any likely 
remedial costs that may be borne by Bellway. We have also 
strengthened our processes and training relating to fire safety 
issues and will continue to develop these in the year ahead 
as government guidance no doubt evolves.

  Appointing the right people 

The success of our business continues to provide a boost 
to local employment and economic conditions. During the 
year, Bellway continued to expand its workforce, employing 
an average of 2,808 employees (2017 – 2,544), an increase 
of 10.4%. In addition, we estimate that we support 27,000 to 
32,000 jobs, both directly and indirectly through  
sub-contractors and the Group’s supply chain. 

Access to skilled labour is essential for Bellway, not only in 
order to achieve our growth ambitions, but also to ensure 
that the quality of our product, standards of customer 
care and health and safety, and strength of reputation 
are maintained. Recruiting, developing and retaining high 
quality Site Managers is essential in order to achieve these 
objectives. During the year we implemented a Trainee 
Assistant Site Manager Programme with the objective of 
ensuring our trainee Assistant Site Managers have the 
pre-requisite skills to develop into experienced site agents. 
In addition, we appointed a dedicated Construction Training 
and Development Manager whose remit is to further 
enhance this programme and improve construction related 
training across the organisation. Whilst we will continue to 
develop and implement training for a range of roles, the 
focus in the year ahead will be to enhance the Site Manager 
Training programme, thereby recognising the influence 
that this key role has upon the Group’s ability to efficiently 
build a high quality product as the Group pursues its 
growth strategy.

We also acknowledge our responsibilities to ensure that 
the industry has the right skills to continue to grow in 
the future. Accordingly, we have increased the number 
of apprentices and graduates in the business by 54% 
to 142 (2017 – 92). We have also become members of 
‘The 5% Club’, a charitable organisation, recognising our 
commitment to ensuring that at least 5% of our workforce 
are employed in these developmental roles. We expect 
to achieve this objective in the year ending 31 July 2019. 
We actively participate in the HBF Home Building Skills 
Partnership (‘HBSP’) which aims to attract new talent into the 
industry as well as develop, grow and sustain the workforce 
that the industry requires to deliver further increases in 
housing supply.

Lastly, we have implemented a number of equality, diversity 
and inclusion initiatives to encourage and support a more 
diverse workforce. These include enhancing parental leave 
benefits, introducing equality, diversity and inclusion training 
and creating diversity champions in each of our divisions to 
promote progress in this important area(>).

  Bellway4Good(>) 

As one of the UK’s largest homebuilders, we have a 
responsibility to ensure that as we continue to grow, we 
do so in an ethical and sustainable manner, for the benefit 
of our customers, employees, shareholders, suppliers and 
local communities. 

We continue to manage our Corporate Responsibility (‘CR’) 
activities under the Bellway4Good banner. We have again 
benchmarked our performance against a range of targets 

focussed around our three ‘pillars’ of the environment, 
construction and society and economy. 

Under ‘environment’, the focus remains on energy efficiency 
work and as an example, we are pleased to report that 100% 
of construction compounds are now fitted with energy 
saving devices. 

Within ‘construction’ we have, for the fourth year running, 
increased the percentage of waste diverted from landfill to 
98.1% (2017 – 97.8%). Given this success, in the coming year, 
the focus will shift to waste minimisation. 

Under our ‘society and economy’ CR pillar, our charitable 
engagement work continues with pace. We are very 
proud that our partnership with Cancer Research UK was 
recognised at the recent Business Charity Awards, where 
Bellway won the Charity Partnership of the Year (Property 
and Construction) award. 

We continue to ‘match’ employee fundraising for charities 
of their choice and we introduced a payroll giving scheme 
across the business. Encompassing our wider charitable 
activity, Bellway’s total donations, including employee and 
supply chain fundraising, matched funding and company 
donations, amounted to £564,040 (2017 – £521,920), of which 
£272,096 (2017 – £229,047) was raised by our employees and 
sub-contractors.

Lastly, we have produced a new Economic and Social 
Impact Report that will be available for download from the 
Bellway website later this year. In it, we estimate that as a 
business we contributed over £215 million to public finances 
in 2018 (2017 – £186 million).

Current trading and outlook

Notwithstanding the 6.9% rise in volume achieved in the 
year, the positive sales market and investment in new 
sales outlets resulted in the Group starting the current 
financial year with a healthy order book, comprising 4,841 
homes (2017 – 4,749 homes), with a value of £1,301.1 million 
(2017 – £1,296.3 million). In the first nine weeks of the 
new financial year, trading has remained solid, with the 
Group achieving 176 reservations per week (2017 – 171), an 
increase of 2.9%. This has contributed to the order book at 
30 September rising by 7.9% to £1,469.5 million (1 October 
2017 – £1,361.5 million), representing 5,380 homes (1 October 
2017 – 5,034 homes).

This strong order book, together with a net cash position at 
31 July, ensures that the Group is in a position to respond 
positively to opportunities as they arise. The Board are 
mindful that the forthcoming exit from the EU in March 
could pose a threat to consumer confidence during the 
busy spring selling season. Assuming that market conditions 
remain unchanged, however, this healthy position should 
enable Bellway to further increase output in the year ahead. 

Thereafter, the Board still see opportunities for growth in 
areas of high demand. Our new Eastern Counties and 
London Partnerships divisions provide the platform to 
increase the Group’s capacity to some 13,000 homes per 
annum. Taken together with our positive initiatives to help 
protect the margin in the future, Bellway’s ongoing strategy 
for growth should deliver further sustainable, long-term 
returns for shareholders.

Jason Honeyman
Chief Executive 

15 October 2018

31

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportFinancial Review

  For the ninth year in succession, Bellway has  
delivered further growth in housing revenue. 

Keith Adey
Group Finance Director

Group revenue (£m)

£2,957.7m
+15.6%

2018

2017

2016

Operating profit (£m)

£652.9m
+14.2%

2018

2017

2016

Operating margin (%)

22.1%
-20bps

2018

2017

2016

Profit before taxation (£m)

£641.1m
+14.3%

2018

2017

2016

Earnings per ordinary share (p)

423.4p
+14.2%

2018

2017

2016

2,957.7

2,558.6

2,240.7

652.9

571.6

492.0

22.1

22.3

22.0

641.1

560.7

497.9

423.4

370.6

328.7

Proposed total dividend per ordinary share (p)

143.0p
+17.2%

2018

2017

2016

143.0

122.0

108.0

Operating performance

For the ninth year in succession, Bellway has delivered 
further growth in housing revenue, which in the year 
under review, increased by 17.0% to £2,936.8 million 
(2017 – £2,510.9 million). The 9.4% rise in the average selling 
price to £284,937 (2017 – £260,354), influenced by investment 
in higher value locations and a rise in the proportion of 
higher value private completions to 80% (2017 – 78%), was 
the principal driver for the growth. In addition, the number of 
housing completions rose by 6.9% to 10,307 (2017 – 9,644).

The growth in housing revenue, together with other revenue 
of £20.9 million (2017 – £47.7 million), mainly comprising 
the disposal of freehold reversion interests on apartment 
schemes, resulted in total revenue increasing by 15.6% to 
£2,957.7 million (2017 – £2,558.6 million).

The increase in revenue drove a 13.9% increase in 
gross profit, which rose by £91.8 million to £753.4 million 
(2017 – £661.6 million). The gross margin remained high at 
25.5% (2017 – 25.9%), a slight reduction of 40 basis points 
compared to the prior financial year, with this moderation 
principally reflecting the reduced receipt arising on the 
disposal of freehold reversion interests. 

The Group is continuing to invest in its operational platform, 
comprising 20 divisions, in order to deliver future growth. 
Accordingly, whilst administrative expenses have increased 
by 11.7% to £100.6 million (2017 – £90.0 million), they have 
reduced to only 3.4%(~) of revenue (2017 – 3.6%), as the new 
divisions opened since 1 August 2013 continue to improve 
their efficiency at recovering overheads.

The strong operating performance has resulted in a  
14.2% increase in operating profit to £652.9 million 
(2017 – £571.6 million) and the operating margin remains 
high at 22.1% (2017 – 22.3%). 

Net finance expense

The net finance expense of £13.6 million (2017 – £11.2 million) 
principally consists of bank interest and notional interest 
on land acquired on deferred terms. Bank interest, 
which includes interest on drawn monies, commitment 
fees and refinancing costs, increased to £5.2 million 
(2017 – £4.5 million), mainly as a result of the 0.25% rise in the 
Bank of England base rate in November 2017. In addition, 
average net debt increased slightly to £191.5 million 
(2017 – £170.8 million). Notional interest on land acquired 
on deferred terms increased by £1.1 million to £8.8 million 
(2017 – £7.7 million).

32

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018The financing structure remains simple and transparent 
with growth financed through retained earnings, net 
bank borrowings and land creditors. Including renewals 
since 1 August 2018, the Group has committed borrowing 
facilities of £500 million, extending in tranches through to 
August 2023, thereby providing security of funding for the 
years ahead.

Bellway had a modest retirement benefit asset of £1.3 million 
(2017 – liability of £4.0 million) at 31 July reflecting the Group’s 
commitment to funding this future, long-term obligation.

  A focus on return on capital employed 
Notwithstanding the dividend payment of 132.5p per 
share during the year, the net asset value rose by 16.7% to 
£2,557.1 million (2017 – £2,191.3 million), representing a net 
asset value per share of 2,079p(~) (2017 – 1,785p).

This growth in NAV and the payment of the dividend has 
been achieved as a result of the compounding effect of 
reinvesting earnings back into high return land opportunities. 
RoCE remains high at 27.2%(~) (2017 – 27.6%), or 23.6%(~) (2017 
– 23.9%) when including land creditors as part of the capital 
base. In addition, post tax return on equity remains high at 
22.1%(~) (2017 – 22.6%), with this being achieved from a lowly 
geared balance sheet, whilst investing further in land and 
work in progress to achieve growth. 

Bellway has significant financial capability to continue 
investing in high return land opportunities to deliver further 
growth. At the same time, it retains the strength and agility to 
respond proactively to opportunities or prospective changes 
in market conditions as and when they arise.

Keith Adey
Group Finance Director

15 October 2018

Profitability

Profit before taxation (‘PBT’) increased by 14.3% to 
£641.1 million (2017 – £560.7 million). The corporation tax 
charge was £121.2 million (2017 – £106.7 million), with an 
effective tax rate of 18.9% (2017 – 19.0%). The effective tax 
rate is below the standard corporation tax rate of 19.0% 
(2017 – 19.7%), primarily due to an enhanced tax deduction 
for remediating previously developed brownfield land. 

Basic earnings per share rose by 14.2% to 423.4p per share 
(2017 – 370.6p). 

Investing cash for future growth 

Bellway is highly cash generative, producing £648.1 million(~) 
(2017 – £588.1 million) before investment in land, net of 
land creditors, and work in progress. After taking this 
into consideration, the Group generated cash from 
operations of £375.6 million (2017 – £256.5 million), with 
this representing 57.5% of operating profit (2017 – 44.9%). 
The continued deployment of capital into land and work 
in progress ensures that the Group is well placed to deliver 
further growth.

After expending £116.1 million on tax, paying dividends of 
£162.6 million and taking into consideration other minor cash 
outflows of £13.9 million, the Group ended the year with 
net cash of £99.0 million(~) (2017 – £16.0 million), reflecting an 
ungeared(~) balance sheet.

Land creditors, which are considered to be a source 
of longer term debt finance, stood at £365.4 million 
(2017 – £366.8 million) and continue to be used only when it 
is cost effective to do so. Including land creditors, total debt 
stood at £266.4 million (2017 – £350.8 million), representing 
very modest adjusted gearing of 10.4%(~) (2017 – 16.0%).

  A balanced and flexible capital structure 
The balance sheet principally comprises amounts invested 
in land and work in progress, which rose by 10.2% to 
£3,271.6 million (2017 – £2,968.2 million). 

The carrying value of land increased by 9.4% to 
£2,011.9 million (2017 – £1,838.2 million) and this focussed 
investment has ensured that all of the plots expected to 
contribute to next year’s growth target benefit from a detailed 
planning permission. The amount invested in work in 
progress rose by 9.6% to £1,115.1 million (2017 – £1,017.7 million), 
but as a proportion of housing revenue, work in progress 
reduced slightly to 38% (2017 – 41%), reflecting the Group’s 
ongoing focus on return on capital employed.

33

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report 
Corporate Responsibility

Bellway’s commitment to being a responsible housebuilder has been 
developed over a number of years. Our aim is to operate our business in 
an ethical and sustainable manner while at the same time delivering high 
quality homes to address the housing shortage across the UK.

We operate our Corporate Responsibility (‘CR’) activity under three core ‘pillars’ and we have continued work to integrate 
these pillars into our mainstream operations with the aim of making CR ‘business as usual’. By following our CR model we 
are able to build sustainable homes and communities while delivering long-term benefits to our customers, employees, 
shareholders, suppliers and local communities. 

Environment 
Biodiversity and ecology, Carbon emissions, Energy, 
Transport, Water

For more information see pages 36 to 37.

Environment

Construction 
Planning, Procurement, Research and development, 
Site management, Waste

For more information see page 38.

Society and economy 
Charities, Customers, Economic development, Employees, 
Health and safety, Stakeholders

For more information see page 39 to 41.

Society 
and economy

Construction

34

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018While the Chairman is ultimately responsible for maintaining 
our overarching CR programme, CR is managed at a 
strategic level through a Bellway4Good Steering Committee. 
Convened on a quarterly basis by the Group Finance 
Director, functional heads meet to assess progress against 
targets and objectives, review principal CR KPIs and discuss 
new initiatives to further embed CR within the business.

Environment

•  Increased the proportion of construction compounds 
fitted with energy saving devices to 100% (2017 – 94%), 
achieving our target two years early.

•  Rolled out an energy saving and sustainability awareness 

campaign to all divisional offices. 

Our key achievements in 2017/18

Construction 

We have continued to make progress against the 12 public 
CR targets we set ourselves for the 2017/18 year. Of these 
12 targets, 9 were achieved while another 2 are  
multi-year targets with significant progress completed in 
the year and they are on-track to be achieved within their 
respective timeframes. The final target was a two-year goal 
to develop and implement a series of structured training 
programmes for apprentices, trainees and graduates. 
While the implementation of the graduate programme has 
been delayed and will now be completed in the coming 
year, we are pleased that new programmes are now in 
place for apprentices and trainees, and overall graduate and 
apprentice numbers have increased by 54% this year to 142 
(2017 – 92). 

9

2

1

targets achieved

targets are multi-year and progress 
will continue into 2018/19

target missed

While some of our key achievements are outlined to the 
right, our CR website includes full details of our performance 
as well as our targets for the 2018/19 year:

•  Increased our waste diverted from landfill rate to 98.1% 

(2017 – 97.8%). 

•  Achieved a 0.19 NHBC Reportable Items per inspection 

against an internal target of   0.3.

Society and economy

•  Retained our 5 star home builder status from the HBF.

•  Won the Charity Partnership Award (Construction and 
Property) at the Business Charity Awards for our work 
with Cancer Research UK and raised and donated a total 
of £394,453 (2017 – £385,913) bringing our total for the 
partnership to £780,366.

•  Achieved a reduced RIDDOR seven-day reportable 

incident rate per 100,000 site operatives of 404.02 (2017 
– 426.36), the second year in a row we have reduced 
this rate. 

We continue to contribute to the Carbon Disclosure 
Project’s (‘CDP’) ‘Climate Change’ and ‘Forests’ programmes 
and for 2017 our scores remained at ‘Awareness – C’ and 
‘Management – B’ respectively. These scores are in line 
with our sector average, our industry average and the CDP 
programme average.

For full details of our CR activity visit  
http://www.bellway.co.uk/corporate-responsibility

35

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate Responsibility continued

Environment(>)

Climate change and the protection of the environment are 
two significant challenges that we face, both as a company 
and as a society. As a responsible housebuilder we take 
our duty to minimise the impacts of our activity on the 
environment very seriously. 

Environment

Biodiversity and ecology(>)
We understand that housebuilding can be intrusive, 
impacting on existing ecosystems. As a company we 
create sustainable and attractive places to live, and 
ecological preservation and biodiversity plays a key role 
in this. Each new site undergoes a risk assessment and 
ecology survey as part of the planning process and where 
agreed with the planning authority, mitigation measures 
are undertaken. Such measures not only seek to preserve 
habitats within and surrounding the development (either 
on site or through biodiversity offsetting), but also seek to 
add benefit through landscape management schemes to 
mitigate any detrimental impact and enhance the overall 
environment. Our aim is to create a green and pleasant 
environment in which our customers and communities 
can live.

We continue to implement measures such as the provision 
of bat boxes, preservation of existing biodiversity and where 
necessary the relocation of protected species to new 
habitats. We also construct Sustainable Urban Drainage 
Systems and undertake tree and shrub planting, all of 
which supports and promotes biodiversity in the local area 
and provides green environments for existing and new 
communities. We have continued the development of 
brownfield sites, with 53% of new homes built on such land 
this year (2017 – 59%). 

Energy
While energy consumption is not a significant financial cost 
for our business compared to land, labour and materials, 
we still have a duty as a responsible business to minimise 
usage where possible. We have continued our programme 
of installing energy saving technology in our compounds 
and by the year end 100% were fitted (2017 – 94%), achieving 
our target two years early. Our focus on the energy efficiency 
of our telehandler fleet also continues, with 88.6% now 
fitted with more fuel efficient engines (2017 – 83.5%), and we 
expect to complete the programme this year depending on 
the availability of engine technology for our larger machines. 

We continue to focus on the design of our new homes, 
ensuring they are energy efficient so our customers can 
benefit from reduced running costs. On average, the 
Dwelling Emission Rate (a measure of energy efficiency) 
of new Bellway homes this year was 5.0% better than 
required by the relevant building regulations (2017 – 6.0%). 
Renewable energy technology was also fitted to 36.9% of 
homes (2017 – 38.6%), further helping customers to reduce 
their energy consumption and bills. 

  Energy

We will ensure that 100% of our compounds are fitted with energy 
saving devices by 2020.

  Energy

We will roll out an energy saving campaign to all divisional offices.

  Energy

We will limit the engine size of fork lifts to 55 watts on all sites by 
2019, delivering fuel and carbon savings.

  Carbon

We will monitor and analyse our carbon footprint data, identifying 
areas for greatest potential savings, prior to devising a strategy to 
set a longer term carbon reduction target for 2018/19.

3

targets
achieved

1

target is multi-year 
and progress will  
continue into 2018/19

0 targets
missed

36.9%

percentage of homes fitted with 
renewable energy technology

36

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018+3.7%

-3.8%

increase in overall carbon emissions

decrease in carbon per home sold

Carbon reporting
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013, we report on 
our greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions as part of the annual 
Strategic Report. Our GHG reporting year is the same as our 
financial year, 1 August 2017 to 31 July 2018, and the previous 
year’s figures have been provided as comparators.

The methodology used to calculate our emissions is 
based on the UK government’s Environmental Reporting 
Guidelines (2013) and emission factors from the 2017 
government GHG Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting (see note 4 to the table below). The reported 
emission sources include those which we are responsible 
for, as required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013, with the 
exception of the following which were excluded from 
this report:

•  Gas and electricity from part-exchange properties due 

to immateriality and difficulty in accurately reporting and 
recording this data.

•  Emissions from site-based combined heat and power units 

for which we do not have operational control.

Greenhouse gas emissions (tonnes of CO2e)(1)

An element of carbon estimation is undertaken in the 
following areas:

•  Diesel fuel usage on a small number of sites where fuel is 
provided by our groundworks contractors. Bellway’s share 
of the usage is estimated based on forklift usage. 

•  Divisional offices where gas and electricity usage is 
included within landlord charges. Bellway’s usage is 
estimated using a kwh per square metre of occupied floor 
space figure derived from other divisional offices with utility 
billing in place. 

Our overall carbon emissions have increased by 3.7% to 
25,823 tonnes CO2e (2017 – 24,909 tonnes). This has largely 
been driven by an increase in construction activity, with 
the number of homes sold increasing by 6.9% to 10,307 
(2017 – 9,644). Reporting via business metrics, carbon 
emissions per home sold have decreased by 3.8% to 
2.5 tonnes (2017 – 2.6 tonnes) and carbon emissions per 
employee have fallen by 6.1% to 9.2 (2017 – 9.8). 

Both the 2016/17 and 2017/18 emissions have been externally 
verified by Zeco Energy to a ‘reasonable assurance level’.

Scope 1 – Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities (including diesel and petrol used on site and 
in company cars on Group business).

Scope 2 – Electricity purchased for our own use (location-based method)(2).

Scope 2 – Electricity purchased for our own use (market-based method)(2).

Total emissions (location-based method)(2)

Emissions intensity (using location-based method)(2):

tCO2e per Bellway home sold.

tCO2e per Bellway employee(3).

Notes:

2018

2017

19,964

5,859

5,166

18,844

6,065

4,121

25,823

24,909

2.5

9.2

2.6

9.8

1.  Carbon dioxide equivalent as per the meaning given in section 93(2) of the Climate Change Act 2008.

2. Scope 2 emissions have been reported using the location-based method, but we have also provided a market-based method for transparency.

3. Based on the average number of employees during the year.

4.  It should be noted that the 2017 GHG Conversion Factors have seen a 15% decrease in the UK electricity CO2e factor compared to the previous year. This is due to a significant decrease in 

coal generation and an increase in gas and renewables generation for UK electricity in 2015 (the inventory year on which the 2017 GHG Conversion Factor is based). This has led to our Scope 
2 emissions from electricity consumption falling by 3.4% even though usage has risen by 13.2%.

37

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate Responsibility continued

Construction

The UK continues to face a housing shortage. As a growing company 
Bellway is well placed to deliver much needed new homes and we 
work in partnership with our supply chain, sub-contractors and 
local authorities to ensure our activities deliver a positive legacy for 
local communities.

Construction

 Waste

We will maintain the proportion of waste diverted from 
landfill on construction sites at 97% or above. 

 Waste

We are committed to reducing the amount of waste we 
generate and in 2017/18 we will establish a rolling average 
measurement of tonnes of waste per 1,000 square feet 
of completed homes with a view to setting a strategy to 
reduce waste in 2018/19.

  Planning

We will pilot ‘Building for Life’ on a minimum of one site 
and assess the impact on planning, construction costs and 
development desirability over the next three years.

2

targets
achieved

1

target is multi-year 
and progress will  
continue into 2018/19

0 targets
missed

Communities
Bellway aims to build attractive, desirable and sustainable 
developments in which customers want to live, and which 
thrive in harmony with existing communities. To ensure all 
views are heard and considered at the planning stage and 
prior to work commencing, we undertake tailored planning 
and consultation exercises, including community events, 
and where practicable we adopt recommendations into the 
final development plans.

We continue to invest in the communities where we 
develop, over and above the new homes we build. 
We estimate that our construction activities deliver a 
combined employment (direct, indirect and induced) of 
between 27,000 and 32,000 jobs, with the benefits being felt 
both locally and nationally. We also provide local support 
through planning obligations and CIL payments, with 
£79.0 million (2017 – £118.2 million) invested in a range of 
local services and amenities, including education, sport and 
leisure, health and highway improvements.

Waste
An unavoidable by-product of building new homes is the 
waste we generate. Waste is a cost to our business, both in 
terms of raw materials and in the cost of disposal. We aim to 
use our resources as efficiently as possible and this year 98.1% 
of our waste was diverted from landfill for reuse, recycling or 
refuse-derived fuel (2017 – 97.8%). 

During the year our waste per home sold increased by 1.5% 
to 9.39 tonnes (2017 – 9.25 tonnes). This is a challenge that 
many housebuilders face and we have set a new metric for 
the coming year (waste per home under construction) to 
better measure waste from construction activity. We have set a 
target to reduce this metric over the next three years through 
a range of initiatives, including more standardisation of house 
designs and raw materials, and improved education on sites.

38

Supply Chain
Establishing long-term relationships with our sub-contractors 
and wider supply chain is, we believe, the best route 
to delivering high standards in both procurement and 
construction. We undertake an audit process for all Group 
suppliers prior to commencing work with Bellway and when 
any Group deal is renewed. This audit covers a range of 
issues from environmental and safety matters, to quality and 
security of supply. 

Bellway’s supply chain spend this year was £1.6 billion (2017 
– £1.4 billion) and is a critical part of our business, one which
delivers wide benefits to the local and national economy.
The HBF estimates that 90% of housebuilders’ supply
chain spend remains in the UK, and for Bellway that would
amount to a £1.4 billion investment in the UK economy.
With a substantial portion of this spent in our divisions, local
companies and communities are significant beneficiaries.

We do not tolerate any form of slavery, servitude and forced 
compulsory labour or human trafficking in our supply 
chain or in any part of our business. Our Anti-Slavery Policy 
reflects this commitment and is available to view on our 
website, along with our latest Slavery and Human Trafficking 
Statement which sets out the actions being taken. We require 
all applicable suppliers and sub-contractors to confirm that 
they either have their own modern slavery policies in place 
or that they adopt Bellway’s policy. Relevant staff receive 
training to help them identify signs of slavery and our Anti-
Slavery Compliance Team monitors compliance activity 
throughout the year(>).

Bellway’s zero tolerance approach to bribery and corruption 
has been adopted by the Board. It extends to all the 
Group’s business dealings and transactions and our policy 
and procedures set out the standards expected of all our 
employees and those who work for and with the Group. 
Management are responsible for enforcing compliance and 
additional checks are carried out via Head Office functions(>).

Our whistleblowing procedure enables concerns of any 
wrongdoing to be reported in confidence. There have been 
no reports of concern during this year(>).

Quality

We pride ourselves on delivering quality homes built to a 
high standard. Along with a dedicated working group led by 
one of our Regional Chairmen, we aimed to deliver no more 
than 0.3 NHBC Reportable Items per inspection and we are 
pleased to report that we have been successful in achieving 
0.19 Reportable Items per inspection (2017 – 0.18). 

This commitment to quality is demonstrated by another 
successful year in the NHBC Pride in the Job Awards in 
which 49 Bellway Site Managers were recognised (2017 – 49), 
acknowledging Site Managers who achieve the highest 
standards in housebuilding. 

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Society and economy

Housebuilding is recognised as a key component of the  
national economy and as the UK’s fourth largest housebuilder, 
Bellway is well placed to deliver a range of benefits to our  
wide stakeholder group.

Society 
and economy

  Customer engagement

We will deliver high levels of customer satisfaction, aiming 
to retain our 5 star home builder status for the 2017/18 year 
and achieving an overall customer satisfaction score of 
at least 85.7%.

  Health and safety

We will deliver ‘Traffic Management’ and ‘Ladder Training’ 
safety briefings at 100% of sites to aid a reduction in our 
RIDDOR seven-day reportable incident rate per 100,000 site 
operatives.

  Employee development

We will develop a more structured and integrated 
programme for graduates, trainees and apprentices by 2018.

  Charitable giving

We will extend our partnership with Cancer Research 
UK for a further year and aim to increase our fundraising 
and donation total across the two-year period to at least 
£600,000.

  Charitable giving

We will continue to encourage and support our employees 
in their fundraising activities, increasing the amount they 
raise for charity compared to 2016/17, by:
• Matching their individual fundraising efforts. 
•  Introducing a Payroll Giving service across Bellway to 
enable employees to easily donate to their chosen 
charitable cause in a tax efficient way.

4 targets  
achieved

0

targets are multi-year 
and progress will  
continue into 2018/19

1

target  
missed

Notes:

1.   ‘The Economic Footprint of House Building in England and Wales’ (July 2018), prepared 

for the HBF by Lichfields.

2.  Full details can be found in ‘Our Economic and Social Impact 2017-18’ report, which is 

available on our website.

Economy
The importance of housebuilding to social and economic 
sustainability has been set out in an updated 2018 report 
from the HBF(1). In the report housebuilding is estimated to 
have contributed £38 billion in economic output, supported 
almost 700,000 direct and indirect jobs and contributed 
£2.7 billion in tax revenues to central and local government.

We have used the HBF’s and other publicly available 
metrics to estimate Bellway’s own contribution to the wider 
economy(2): 

•  £1.2 billion in estimated gross value added generated by 

our construction activities.

•  27,000 – 32,000 direct, indirect and induced 

jobs supported.

•  £216.0 million contribution to public finances.

•  £61.3 million in New Homes Bonus and council tax 

payments to local authorities.

Customers
Customers are the life-blood of our business and we aspire 
to provide the best possible customer experience in order 
to reinforce our reputation as a high quality national home 
builder. We have continued our focus in this area with our 
internal Customer Experience Committee, and we are proud 
to have retained our 5 star home builder status from the 
HBF for the second year running (2017 – 5 star), meaning 
that at least 9 out of 10 of our customers would recommend 
Bellway to a friend. 

Affordability
There is a recognised shortage of affordable, quality 
new housing in the UK and we are seeing falling home 
ownership levels among the younger generation. 
Affordability is often an obstacle to getting onto the property 
ladder, or indeed to moving up to larger properties as 
circumstances change and families grow. 

At Bellway we have a role to play in addressing these issues 
by offering a range of quality homes suited to customers’ 
differing needs and budgets. While 8% of homes were sold 
to unassisted first-time buyers (2017 – 8%), for those requiring 
additional assistance the government’s Help to Buy schemes 
continue to provide valuable support and of our 10,307 homes 
sold this year, 39% were via the various Help to Buy schemes 
(2017 – 35%). We also integrate affordable housing into our 
developments and in the past year 20% of our completions 
were sold to affordable housing providers (2017 – 22%).

In total just over 34% of our homes were sold to either 
unassisted or deposit assisted first-time buyers (2017 – 32%), 
representing over 3,500 new homeowners whom Bellway 
have helped to get their foot on the property ladder (2017 – 
3,064). 

39

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportCorporate Responsibility continued

Society and economy 
continued

Society 
and economy

Employees(>)
Our employees and sub-contractors are key to the success 
of our business and by the end of this year we directly 
employed 2,864 people, with thousands more indirectly 
employed through our sub-contractors and supply chain. 

As a responsible employer we are committed to ensuring 
that all our people are treated with fairness, consideration 
and respect, and we operate a range of policies and provide 
training to ensure equal opportunities are provided to all 
existing and prospective employees, including modern 
slavery and diversity and inclusion training. These policies 
are listed on our website, and staff may report any concerns 
to our HR department or through our SpeakUp procedure 
via an independent provider.

The ongoing skills-shortage in construction is well 
documented and part of our focus this year has been on 
training and development. While we did miss one of our 
targets (the graduate element of our goal to develop and 
implement a series of structured training programmes for 
apprentices, trainees and graduates), our work to date has 
seen graduate and apprentice numbers increase by 54% 
to 142 (2017 – 92). Work on the graduate scheme will be 
progressed in the coming year. We have also increased the 
number of training days delivered to 4.7 days per employee 
(2017 – 4.2).

Over the past few years we have also improved the range 
of benefits we offer our employees, including an enhanced 
company car scheme, an increased contributory pension, 
increased holiday entitlement, improved maternity and 
paternity leave and a new health and wellbeing programme. 
Over the past year our employee turnover rate has remained 
broadly static at 21.4% (2017 – 21.2%) and ‘in zone’ for 
the sector. 

Safety
Safety is a core principle for Bellway and a top priority for 
everyone in the Company. We work with all of our people 
to ensure that safe working practices are promoted and 
embedded on all of our sites, with training, toolbox talks, 
informal and formal inspections and best practice forums 
all utilised. 

As part of our commitment to safety (and health and 
wellbeing), each Bellway office and construction site now 
has a defibrillator in place, providing a simple and effective 
method of administering life-saving treatment to someone 
suffering from cardiac-arrest.

We are pleased that our approach to safety has again been 
recognised at the NHBC Health and Safety Awards. This year 
11 Bellway Site Managers collected awards (2017 – 10), 
including the National Runner-Up award in the Large Builder 
Category. We have also successfully reduced our RIDDOR 
seven-day reportable incident rate to 404.02 incidents per 
100,000 site operatives (2017 – 426.36), the second year in a 
row we have reduced this rate. In addition our NHBC Safety 
Score for the year was 0.867 (2017 – 0.690), around two and a 
half times better than the industry average.

Charitable Engagement(>) 
Part of Bellway’s ethos as a responsible business is to support 
national and local charities in the communities where we 
build homes. We believe that this support also helps to build 
relationships with these communities.

The focus over the past few years has been to develop 
a national partnership that our employees can support 
and engage with through both corporate and personal 
fundraising activities, as well as introducing a formal payroll 
giving service to enable employees to donate to a charity of 
their choice in a tax efficient way.

Our partnership with Cancer Research UK (‘CRUK’) has 
just completed its second year and we continue to be 
overwhelmed by the commitment our employees have 
shown to the cause. This year our employees, sub-
contractors and suppliers raised £198,953 for CRUK (2017 – 
£184,793) and when combined with Bellway donations and 
the ‘double matching’ we provide to employee fundraising, 
the total raised and donated this year was £394,453 (2017 
– £385,913). This brings the total for the first two years to
£780,366, well above our target of £600,000.

Director and employee profile
The following table shows the gender split in the Group as at 31 July 2018:

Board of directors

Senior managers

Other employees

Total

Male No.

Male %

Female No.

Female %

Total No.

Workforce %

7

137

1,910

2,054

78

86

71

72

2

22

786

810

22

14

29

28

9

159

2,696

2,864

<1

6

94

100

40

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018We were very proud to have the partnership recognised at 
the Business Charity Awards, where Bellway and CRUK won 
the Charity Partnership Award (Construction and Property) 
and we have extended the partnership for at least another 
year, setting a target of reaching £1 million in fundraising and 
donations by the end of 2018/19.

To assist local charities and community groups, each 
division operates their own dedicated charity budget and 
we continue to support employees’ personal fundraising 
for charities and causes of their choice, increasing the 
corporate matching to 100%. In 2017/18 employees raised 
a total of £72,643 for their personal charities, 64% up on 
the previous year (2017 – £44,254). In total, across all our 
charitable activities, Bellway and our employees have 
donated £564,040 to charities and good causes (2017 – 
£521,920), an 8% increase. £272,096 of this total was raised by 
our employees, sub-contractors and suppliers, 19% up on last 
year (2017 – £229,047).

Looking Forward 

Work will continue on our existing and new targets, details 
of which can be found on our website. Some of our key 
objectives for the coming year are outlined below:

•  Implement PIRs in all new showhome lighting to  

reduce energy usage.

•  Reduce the quantity of waste we generate per home 

under construction by 2021.

•  Increase the number of apprentices and graduates we 
employ, helping to address the industry-wide issue of 
skills shortages.

•  Increase our fundraising and donations to CRUK to  

at least £1 million.

2017/18 has again been a successful year in terms of target 
achievement and embedding our CR activity across the 
Group. We remain committed as a business to operating in 
a responsible and sustainable manner, building quality and 
desirable homes for our customers while also delivering 
benefits to our wide and varied stakeholder groups. 

Approval of the Strategic Report

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board  
and signed on its behalf by:

Jason Honeyman
Chief Executive

15 October 2018

£198,953

raised by our employees, sub-contractors 
and suppliers for CRUK

£72,643

raised by our employees for their  
personal charities in 2017/18

8%

increase in total donations  
to charities and good causes

For full details of our CR activity visit  
http://www.bellway.co.uk/corporate-responsibility

41

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic ReportBoard of Directors and Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary

John Watson

Chairman 

Committee

N

Jason Honeyman

Chief Executive 

Committee

NR*

Appointed to the Board in 1995. 

Appointed to the Board on 1 September 2017.

Background and experience
John, a Chartered Surveyor, joined Bellway in 1978 and was later appointed 
Managing Director of the North East division, a position that he held for 12 
years. John joined the Board as Technical Director in 1995 and became Chief 
Executive on 1 November 1999. On 31 January 2013 he stepped down as Chief 
Executive to become Chairman. He became Executive Chairman on 14 August 
2017 on an interim basis for the duration of the previous Chief Executive’s leave 
of absence, resuming his position as non-executive Chairman on 1 August 2018 
on the appointment of Jason Honeyman as Chief Executive. John retires from 
the Board on 12 December 2018.

Background and experience
Jason commenced employment with the Company in January 2005 as 
Managing Director of the Thames Gateway division, becoming Southern 
Regional Chairman in December 2011. Jason joined the Board as Chief 
Operating Officer and was promoted to Chief Executive on 1 August 2018.

Keith Adey

Group Finance Director 

Committee

NR

John Cuthbert OBE DL

Senior independent 
non-executive director

Committees

A

N* 

R

Appointed to the Board on 1 February 2012.

Appointed to the Board on 1 November 2009. 

Background and experience
Keith, a Chartered Accountant, joined Bellway in December 2008 as Group 
Chief Accountant, becoming Group Finance Director on 1 February 2012. Prior 
to joining Bellway he worked at KPMG and Grainger plc. 

Other appointments
Bellway p.l.c. 1972 Pension Scheme – Trustee.

Background and experience
John, a Chartered Accountant, worked in the water industry from 1991 to 
2010, when he retired as Managing Director of Northumbrian Water Group 
plc, having formerly been Managing Director of North East Water plc and 
Managing Director of Essex and Suffolk Water plc. John became senior 
independent non-executive director on 1 February 2014. John retires from 
the Board on 31 October 2018.

Other appointments
Amazing Media Group Limited – Board Member.
Let’s Grow Investment Panel – Chair.
Sunderland University Development Committee – Chair.
Newcastle College Group – Governor and Audit Committee Chair.

Denise Jagger

Non-executive director 

Committees

A

N 

R

Paul Hampden Smith

Non-executive director 

Committees

A*

N 

R

Appointed to the Board on 1 August 2013. 

Appointed to the Board on 1 August 2013. 

Background and experience
Denise, a solicitor, has been a partner at Eversheds LLP (now Eversheds 
Sutherland LLP) since 2004. Previously she was Company Secretary and 
General Counsel at ASDA Group plc, later part of Wal-Mart, from 1993 to 
2004. Prior to this she worked in the City in corporate finance with Slaughter 
and May. Denise’s previous non-executive directorships include The British 
Olympic Association, Redrow plc, SCS Upholstery plc and Scarborough 
Building Society. Denise will become senior independent non-executive 
director on 1 November 2018.

Other appointments
Pool Reinsurance Limited – non-executive director and Chair of Remuneration 
and Nominations & Conflicts Committees.
University of York – pro Chancellor.
St Giles Trust – Chairman.
Yorkshire 2019 Limited – independent director.
Eversheds Sutherland LLP – partner.

Background and experience
Paul was Group Finance Director of Travis Perkins plc from 1996 until his 
retirement in February 2013, having worked for Travis Perkins since 1988. He 
was previously senior independent non-executive director and Chairman of 
the Audit Committee of Clipper Logistics plc and a non-executive director and 
Chairman of the Audit Committee of Pendragon PLC and Redrow plc. Paul 
becomes Chairman of the Board on 12 December 2018.

Other appointments 
Grafton Group plc – senior independent non-executive director, Chairman 
of the Audit & Risk Committee and a member of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees.
Delapre Abbey Preservation Trust – Chair of Finance Committee.

Cumberland Lodge, Windsor Great Park – Chairman of the Audit Committee.

42

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Jill Caseberry

Non-executive director 

Committees

A

N 

R*

Appointed to the Board on 1 October 2017. 

Background and experience
Jill has extensive sales, marketing and general management experience across 
a number of blue chip companies including Mars, PepsiCo and Premier Foods.

Other appointments 
Northgate plc – non-executive director, Remuneration Committee Chair and a 
member of the Audit and Risk and Nominations Committees.
St. Austell Brewery Company Limited – non-executive director, and a member 
of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees.
Jill also currently runs her own sales and marketing consultancy.

Ian McHoul

Non-executive director 

Committees

A

N 

R

Appointed to the Board on 1 February 2018.

Background and experience
Ian qualified as a Chartered Accountant with KPMG in 1984. His early career 
was spent in the brewing industry. Between 1985 and 1995 he held various 
positions with the Foster’s Brewing Group, including General Manager, 
Strategy. He was Finance & Strategy Director of the Inntrepreneur Pub 
Company Limited from 1995 to 1998 and then served at Scottish & Newcastle 
plc from 1998 to 2008, first as Finance Director of Scottish Courage and later 
as Group Finance Director of Scottish & Newcastle plc. From 2008 to 2017 he 
was Chief Financial Officer of Amec Foster Wheeler plc. He was also a non-
executive director of Premier Foods plc from July 2004 to April 2013. Ian will 
become Chairman of the Audit Committee on 12 December 2018.

Other appointments
Britvic plc – senior independent non-executive director and Chairman of the 
Audit Committee.
Young & Co’s Brewery, P.L.C. – non-executive director.

Simon Scougall

Group General Counsel  
and Company Secretary 

Appointed on 1 February 2016. 

Background and experience
Simon, a solicitor, was appointed Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary in February 2016. Simon joined Bellway in March 2011 and has held 
senior positions within the Group including that of Group Commercial Director. 
He has significant experience in the housebuilding sector, working either in-
house or for clients in private practice. 

Key:

A    Audit Committee

N    Nomination Committee

R   Remuneration Committee

NR    Board Committee on Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration

*  Denotes Committee Chairman

43

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceChairman’s Statement on Corporate Governance

  We are striving to achieve a balance between 
growing a disciplined, well governed, controlled 
listed company, whilst retaining an entrepreneurial 
spirit within our divisions. 

John Watson
Chairman

Dear Shareholder

Changes to the Board

Our culture – ‘retaining an entrepreneurial spirit’

The changes to the Board that have taken place during the 
year and will take place over the coming months are set out 
in the Nomination Committee report. I would, however, like 
to place on record my thanks to Ted Ayres for the valuable 
contribution he has made to Bellway over his 16 years with 
the Company, and who, for health reasons, stepped down 
from the Board on 31 July 2018. 

The Board has discussed the core principles of the 
Company’s culture that exist within the business and will 
develop these further during the year before formally 
communicating them to staff. The Board reinforces our 
culture and the focus on health and safety and customer 
care throughout the Group through divisional visits and 
informal board dinners to which senior managers are invited.

John Cuthbert will step down from the Board on 31 October 
2018 after nine years as a non-executive director and we 
would like to place on record our thanks to John for his hard 
work and commitment both as a non-executive director and 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee. 

Finally, after 40 years with Bellway, I will be retiring at the 
conclusion of the AGM and handing the baton of Chairman 
over to Paul Hampden Smith.

Diversity

The Board is committed to making appointments on merit, 
against objective criteria and the Board strongly supports the 
principle of boardroom diversity in all its aspects. During the 
year the Board approved a Board Diversity Policy, which is 
available to view on our website.

The appointment of the two new non-executive directors 
and the new executive director during the year was 
described in last year’s Nomination Committee report. 
This resulted in women making up 22% of our Board. As at 
the date of this report women make up 25% of the Board 
and this will increase to 33% after the 2018 AGM. 

As at 31 July 2018 our female employees made up 28% (2017 
– 29%) of our total workforce, while 22% (2017 – 14%) of the
Board and 14% (2017 – 14%) of our senior management were
women. Of our Head Office executive team, 25% are women
and 16% of their direct reports are also women.

Being cognisant of the benefits of diversity and the 
recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander review, the 
Board is directing its attention to increasing the number 
of women in its senior management team and will report 
on performance against this new KPI in next year’s 
annual report.

Board effectiveness and evaluation

During the year the evaluation of the Board and its 
committees was conducted with the assistance of the Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary. 

Each director completed a questionnaire in relation to the 
performance of the Board and any committees of which 
they were a member. This was followed by the Chairman 
discussing individually with each director and the Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary the points raised. 

The Chairman’s performance was assessed by the senior 
independent non-executive director, who considered the 
views of the other directors and the Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary as part of that process. 

The Chairman evaluated the performance and effectiveness 
of each of the directors. Each committee chairman reviewed 
the responses to the committee questionnaires before 
reaching their conclusions on how the committees had 
performed during the year. The Board, led by the Chairman, 
evaluated its own performance. 

These evaluations concluded that the Board and committees 
were well run and continued to be operating effectively.

The main areas highlighted for further development or 
improvement were: 

• how to further improve the use of Board papers to ensure
that the right balance is achieved in terms of content and
time spent on the most important issues.

• how to further improve presentations to the Board.

• continue to focus on strategy as a top priority.

44

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
The Board and the Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary will work with senior management to develop and 
improve these areas during the year and the progress made 
will be reported on in next year’s annual report.

present. We also consulted with a number of shareholders 
on our CR strategy. The Board receives regular updates 
from our advisers on investors’ and analysts’ views on 
the Company.

The areas highlighted for improvement in last year’s Board 
evaluation and progress made are set out in the table at the 
bottom of this page.

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘Code’)

I am pleased to confirm that the Board considers that it has 
complied throughout the year with the detailed provisions 
of the Code published in 2016. The Code is available, free 
of charge, from the Financial Reporting Council, online at 
www.frc.org.uk or by telephoning 020 7492 2300. The revised 
Code published in July 2018 will apply to the Company from 
1 August 2019 and over the coming months we will review 
and adopt any changes required to enable us to report on 
our compliance in due course.

Shareholder engagement

The Company encourages active dialogue with its 
private and institutional shareholders, and the directors 
communicate with both existing and prospective institutional 
shareholders on a regular basis and as requested. 

In addition to the financial results presentations, during the 
year our executive directors hosted further presentations 
attended by institutional investors, analysts and shareholders, 
with other members of the senior management team being 

Board evaluation 2016/17 update

Action

Progress

Shareholders are also kept up-to-date with our progress 
throughout the year through the annual report and 
announcements to the Stock Exchange for the full year and 
half year results and trading updates. 

The whole Board is available for questions at the AGM, 
to which institutional and private investors are invited to 
attend. I am pleased to report that at the last AGM over 91% 
of the votes cast were cast in favour of the resolutions put to 
shareholders by the Board.

The Chairman and senior independent non-executive 
director are always available to discuss issues with current 
and prospective shareholders and institutions, as and 
when required. In addition, the whole Board is regularly 
updated at Board meetings on shareholder and investor 
views and activities by the Chief Executive and the Group 
Finance Director. 

Further information for shareholders is available on our 
website at www.bellwaycorporate.com.

John Watson
Chairman

15 October 2018 

Succession planning at and  
below Board level.

Work continues on the detailed longer term succession plan at and below Board level. 
A number of planned and unforeseen changes at Board and senior management 
level have taken place during the 2017/18 year and in the 2018/19 year to date, and the 
plan was an important tool in ensuring smooth transitions. The plan will continue to be 
updated and developed.

Continue to focus on strategy  
as a top priority.

Strategy is discussed regularly at Board meetings and at our annual strategy day. 
This work continues to be a top priority for the Board.

45

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceCorporate Governance Report

5

7

8

9

6

1

 2

3

4

1. Ian McHoul

2. Keith Adey

5. Paul Hampden Smith

6. Denise Jagger

3. John Watson

7. Simon Scougall

4. Jason Honeyman

8. Jill Caseberry

9. John Cuthbert

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

AUDIT
COMMITTEE

NOMINATION 
COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE

BOARD COMMITTEE 
ON NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTORS’ 
REMUNERATION

Pages  
52 – 57

Pages  
50 – 51

Pages  
58 – 77

Page 
49

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

GROUP GENERAL 
COUNSEL AND COMPANY 
SECRETARY

HEAD OFFICE 
MANAGEMENT TEAM

REGIONAL  
CHAIRMEN

DIVISIONAL BOARDS 

46

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Statement about applying the Principles  
of good governance

The Board acknowledges the importance of, and is 
committed to the principle of, achieving and maintaining 
a high standard of corporate governance and in promoting 
a positive culture within the Group. 

We have applied the Principles of good governance, 
including both the Main Principles and the Supporting 
Principles, by complying with the Code. Further explanations 
of how the Main Principles and Supporting Principles 
have been applied are set out below and in the 
Remuneration Report. 

Leadership

At the date of this report the Board consists of eight directors 
whose names, responsibilities and other details appear on 
pages 42 to 43. Currently two of the directors are executive 
and six are non-executive. 

The recent and forthcoming changes to the membership 
of the Board are described in the Nomination Committee 
Report and will result in the composition of the Board after 
the 2018 AGM comprising two executive and four non-
executive directors.

The Board sets the strategic aims, ensures that the necessary 
resources (including finances, people and materials) are in 
place for the Company to meet these objectives and also 
reviews management performance. It defines the Company’s 
values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its 
shareholders are understood and met.

The Board has put in place the following structure which 
allows it to provide entrepreneurial leadership of the Group 
and to delegate authority for operational matters through a 
framework of prudent and effective controls, which enable 
risk to be assessed and managed.

Chairman
•  promoting the highest standards of integrity, probity 

and corporate governance throughout the Group and 
particularly at Board level including ensuring that the 
correct cultural tone is set from the top.

•  ensuring that the Company complies with the 

requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code and 
adheres to the highest standards of governance.

•  leading the Board and ensuring its effectiveness.

•  setting the Board’s agenda.

Chief Executive
•  implementing the strategy agreed by the Board.

•  leading the executive directors and the senior 

management team in the day-to-day running of the 
Group’s business.

•  ensuring the effective implementation of Board decisions.

•  reviewing the Group’s organisational structure and 

recommending changes as appropriate.

•  supervising the activities of the Regional Chairmen 

and divisional senior management, overseeing their 
development and succession planning.

•  overseeing Group operations.

•  overseeing the activities of subsidiary companies.

•  approving land purchases within specified limits.

•  overseeing divisional expansion plans. 

•  together with the Chairman, providing coherent leadership 

of the Company, including representing the Group to 
customers, suppliers, government, shareholders, financial 
institutions, employees, the media, the community and the 
general public.

•  keeping the Chairman informed of all important matters.

•  approving the purchase of all strategic land. 

•  overseeing the health and safety, sales and marketing and 

technical departments.

Group Finance Director
•  devising and implementing the financial strategy and 

policies of the Group including treasury and tax.

•  developing budgets and financial plans.

•  responsible for the Group’s investor relations activities.

•  overseeing the CR, finance, IT and risk departments.

Senior independent non-executive director
•  acting as a sounding board for the Chairman, executive 

directors and the Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary.

•  being available to shareholders.

•  leading the annual appraisal of the Chairman.

•  holding meetings with the non-executive directors without 

the Chairman present.

•  ensuring the directors receive accurate, timely and 

clear information.

Non-executive directors
•  constructively challenging management.

•  ensuring effective communication with shareholders.

•  contributing to the development of strategy.

•  ensuring the effective conduct of Board meetings and 

•  scrutinising the performance of management.

facilitating the effective contribution of all directors and the 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  leading the evaluation of the performance of the Board, its 

committees and individual directors.

•  overseeing the induction of any new directors and the 

development of existing directors.

•  ensuring integrity of financial information and financial 
controls and ensuring systems of risk management 
are robust.

•  determining appropriate levels of executive director 

and Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary remuneration.

•  ensuring that the views of shareholders are communicated 

•  appointing and removing executive directors and 

to the Board as a whole.

succession planning.

•  encouraging constructive relations between the executive 

•  serving on Board committees.

and non-executive directors and the Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  approves land purchases over specified limits.

47

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

Group General Counsel and Company Secretary
• supporting the Chairman and Chief Executive (and during
the current year, the Chief Operating Officer) in fulfilling
their duties.

• keeping the Board regularly updated on corporate

governance matters.

• responsible for legal compliance throughout the

Group including ensuring policies and procedures are
maintained and updated on a regular basis.

• providing support to the Board and committees.

• overseeing the legal, company secretarial, HR and Head

Office land and planning departments.

• managing the Group’s external legal panel.

Board effectiveness

All directors have access to the advice and services of 
the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary and 
his department. All of the directors may take independent 
professional advice at the Group’s expense where they 
judge it necessary to discharge their responsibilities 
as directors.

In accordance with the Code, all of the directors will retire 
from the Board and offer themselves for re-election or 
election at the forthcoming AGM, apart from John Cuthbert 
who retires from the Board on 31 October 2018 and John 
Watson who is stepping down at the conclusion of the AGM 
and will therefore not be seeking re-election. None of the 
executive directors hold external directorships.

The Board, its committees and the individual directors 
are subject to annual performance evaluation and all 
directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders. 
The Board regularly reviews the directors’ other interests and 
appointments to ensure that there are no conflicts of interest.

The Chairman is responsible for leading the Board and 
ensuring it operates effectively. The directors possess an 
appropriate balance of skills and experience to meet the 
requirements of the business.

During the year there were seven Board meetings, 
including one meeting dedicated almost entirely to strategy. 
The number of committee meetings are set out in each 
committee report.

The non-executive directors formally met twice during the 
year, including once without the Chairman present.

Jill Caseberry was unable to attend one Board and one Audit 
Committee meeting during the year due to a commitment 
made prior to her accepting the appointment to the Board. 
There were no other absences from any other Board or 
committee meetings, apart from Ted Ayres who was absent 
during the entire year due to ill health.

The non-executive directors meet to review the 
performance of management and they also meet without 
the Chairman being present to appraise his performance. 
These meetings are chaired by the senior independent non-
executive director.

Conflicts of interest

Pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 
relating to conflicts of interest, the Board has put in place a 
register to deal with the notification, authorisation, recording 
and monitoring of directors’ interests and these procedures 
have operated throughout the year.

48

Board activity during the year

The Board meets formally and informally during the year to 
consider strategy, performance, risk, major land acquisitions, 
potential conflicts of interest and reports from senior 
employees and external advisers. 

One meeting a year is devoted entirely to the consideration 
of strategy where the Board agrees the way forward and 
ensures that the necessary financial, human, land and other 
resources are in place to meet its objectives. Areas focussed 
on during the strategy day were the seven key strategic 
priorities of:

1. Volume growth.

2. Strengthening the brand.

3. Driving down costs.

4. Appointing the right people.

5. Value creation through capital and dividend growth.

6. Focus on return on capital employed.

7. Maintaining a flexible capital structure.

Each year we also hold separate annual conferences for 
the divisional Managing Directors, Finance Directors, Sales 
Directors, Technical and Commercial Directors and Planning 
Managers which are attended by the executive directors or 
members of the Head Office senior management team.

We also host informal Chairman’s dinners where senior 
management meet members of the Board. The Chairman 
meets with individual directors on a regular basis outside of 
Board meetings. This process allows for two-way discussion 
enabling the Chairman to act as necessary to deal with any 
issues relating to Board effectiveness.

The executive directors, Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary and Chairman regularly visited 
the divisions during the year. The Board also received 
presentations from the Regional Chairmen on the 
opportunities and challenges they face. 

From this year we have changed the way divisional Board 
visits take place. Instead of the Board visiting divisions as 
a group, in addition to the divisional visits above, each 
non-executive director separately visits at least one division 
during the year, independent of the executive directors, 
and reports their key findings and observations at the next 
Board meeting.

The meetings with operational management ensured 
that the Board’s standards and values for integrity and 
honesty are disseminated. Each of our divisions has its own 
management team and staff who manage and take pride 
in the success of their own operational business within the 
strategy set by the Board. In this way we create a culture 
that motivates and rewards our colleagues. We promote a 
supportive culture that enables our employees to develop 
their talents and skills.

The Board has adopted a schedule of matters that are 
specifically reserved for its decision, which includes strategy 
and management, structure and capital, financial reporting 
and controls, internal controls covering both financial and 
operational areas of the business, land acquisition, contracts 
and agreements, communication, Board membership and 
other appointments, remuneration, delegation of authority, 
corporate governance matters, Group policies and other 
miscellaneous items.

In addition, it has a series of matters that are dealt with at 
regular Board meetings including both an operational and a 

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018strategic review, a financial review, major land acquisitions, 
major projects, risk, health and safety, HR, reporting 
requirements, corporate governance and internal control 
(including any whistleblowing issues).

We also receive presentations and reports from Head Office, 
regional and divisional management and external advisers 
throughout the year. The Board also takes regular reports 
from the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary 
on legal, HR, commercial and insurance matters.

In-between Board meetings the directors receive updates 
from the Chairman or the Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary to advise them of any significant matters 
affecting the Group or its performance.

During the year the work carried out by the Board included:

•  strategy.

•  considering regular reports on KPIs from the Chief 

Operating Officer.

•  risk and internal control.

•  consideration of recommendations from the 

Board committees.

•  scrutiny of reports from the Chief Operating Officer, Group 
Finance Director, Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary and senior management at each Board meeting.

•  considering regular reports on health and safety matters 

from the Chief Operating Officer.

•  approval of major land purchases.

•  Board evaluation.

•  approval of bank facility agreements.

•  receiving presentations from each of the Regional 

Chairmen on the performance of the divisions under 
their responsibility.

•  receiving presentations from Health and Safety, CR, 
Procurement, Strategic Land and Technical Head 
Office departments and from the chair of our Customer 
Experience Committee.

•  approved the new house type range.

•  approval of new or updated Group policies and 

procedures on Board Diversity Policy, Data Protection 
Policy, Whistleblowing Procedure and Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption Policy.

•  approval of revised terms of reference for 

Board committees.

•  approval of major IT expenditure.

•  approval of the Group’s insurance programme.

•  approval of the Group’s Slavery and Human Trafficking 

Statement for 2016/17.

•  approval of the Annual Report and Accounts for 2016/17.

•  approval of preliminary announcement, interim results and 

trading updates.

•  recommending the final dividend for 2016/17 to be 

approved by shareholders and approval of the interim 
dividend for 2017/18.

Training and development

The Board receives appropriate training and updates on 
various matters relevant to its role and responsibilities, as and 
when required. Training needs are reviewed as part of the 
performance evaluation process and on an ongoing basis. 

Following this year’s evaluation no specific training needs 
were identified, however, the Board received external health 
and safety training.

The induction of the directors who joined the Board during 
the year was overseen by the Nomination Committee and 
organised by the Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary. Jason Honeyman received listed company 
director and corporate governance training. Jill Caseberry’s 
and Ian McHoul’s induction programme included meetings 
with the Chairman, executive directors, Head Office senior 
management team and a Regional Chairman, a one-day 
divisional visit, meetings with key advisers and training by 
Slaughter and May on listed company director obligations.

Non-executive directors attend external training sessions 
designed specifically for non-executives and members of 
Board committees as and when required. 

Board balance and independence

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separate, 
with a clear division of responsibilities ensuring a balance of 
responsibility and authority at the head of the Group.

The Chairman is not regarded as independent as he was 
formerly Chief Executive of the Company. The Company 
considers all of its other non-executive directors, excluding 
the Chairman, to be independent, as defined in the Code. 
Each of the independent non-executive directors has, at 
all times, acted independently of management and has no 
relationship that would materially affect the exercise of his or 
her independent judgement and decision-making. 

The senior independent non-executive director is John 
Cuthbert, with whom shareholders may raise any queries or 
concerns they may have.

Whenever any director considers that he or she is interested 
in any contract or arrangement to which the Group is or 
may be a party, due notice is given to the Board. No such 
instances have arisen during the year.

The Board committees

The Board has formally constituted Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees. The terms of reference for these 
committees are available either on request from the Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary, at the AGM or on 
our website: www.bellwaycorporate.com. 

Other committees of the Board are formed to perform certain 
specific functions as and when required.

The work carried out by each of the Board committees 
during the year is described in the reports of the committee 
chairmen which follow.

Board Committee on Non-Executive Directors’ 
Remuneration

The Board Committee on Non-Executive Directors’ 
Remuneration comprises the executive directors and is 
chaired by the Chief Executive. 

This committee meets at least once a year to review and 
recommend the terms, conditions and remuneration of 
the non-executive directors (excluding the Chairman). 
Last year it met on one occasion to review the fees and 
terms of appointment of the non-executive directors and 
receives advice from the Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary and external remuneration consultants 
when required.

49

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceNomination Committee Report

  This year has seen further successful implementation 
of the Board succession plan and decisions taken on  
significant changes to be made during the 2018/19  
financial year. 

John Cuthbert
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Membership

Director

Date appointed to
the Committee

Number of meetings 
attended during the 
year

The main areas of the Nomination Committee’s 
(the ‘Committee’) responsibilities are:

Responsibilities and terms of reference 

John Cuthbert 
(Chairman)

1 November 2009, 
appointed Chairman on 
1 February 2013

John Watson

1 February 2013

Paul Hampden Smith

1 August 2013

Denise Jagger

1 August 2013

Jill Caseberry

1 October 2017

Ian McHoul

Mike Toms

1 February 2018

1 February 2009 

(retired 13 December 2017)

Main focus in 2017/18

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

1/1

1/1

•  Board succession, in particular for the Chief Executive and the Chairman.

• To submit the Board’s Diversity Policy for approval by the Board.

•  The induction of the new appointments to the Board during the year.

•  To continue to develop, with support from the executive directors and
Group Human Resources, the succession plan for those immediately 
below Board level, with a number of senior internal promotions taking 
place during the year.

Focus areas for 2018/19

•  To monitor the effectiveness of the recent appointments and role

changes at Board level.

•  To continue to develop, with support from the executive directors and
Group Human Resources, the succession plan for those immediately 
below Board level.

• to review the structure, size and composition of the

Board, in accordance with the Board’s Diversity Policy,
and recommend to the Board any changes it considers
appropriate. This encompasses membership of the Board
committees and the reappointment, if appropriate, of non-
executive directors at the end of their term of office.

• to consider succession planning not only within the

Board but also immediately below Board level and ensure
appropriate plans are in place.

• to identify candidates to fill Board vacancies and nominate

these to the Board for approval. Appointments to the
Board are made on merit using a formal, rigorous
and transparent process against objective criteria
recommended by the Committee. These criteria take into
account the skills, knowledge and experience of existing
members of the Board and the importance of diversity,
in all its aspects, within the Board. The appointment
of a non-executive director is for a specified term and
reappointment is not automatic, rather it is made on the
recommendation of the Committee.

• to carry out an annual performance evaluation of
the Committee and review the results of the Board
performance evaluation in relation to the composition of
the Board.

The Committee meets at least twice a year and operates 
under its own terms of reference. These have been agreed 
by the Board and are available at 
www.bellwaycorporate.com/corporateGovernance. 

The members of the Committee are shown in the table to 
the left. 

50

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Non-executive directors
Jill Caseberry and Ian McHoul both joined the Board during 
the year. Their appointments were part of our succession 
plan for Mike Toms, who retired at the AGM in 2017 and my 
own retirement at the end of this month, after having served 
nine years on the Board. I will be succeeded as Chairman of 
the Committee by Paul Hampden Smith and Denise Jagger 
will take over the role of senior independent non-executive 
director. Both Paul and Denise have served on the Board for 
over five years.

Paul Hampden Smith will pass Chairmanship of the Audit 
Committee to Ian McHoul when he becomes Chairman of 
the Board at the conclusion of the AGM in December. 

John Cuthbert
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

15 October 2018

Activities in 2017/18

The main focus for the Committee in 2017/18 was succession 
planning within the Board. The interim arrangements 
implemented during the absence of the Chief Executive 
have been monitored and the Committee has finalised 
arrangements for the forthcoming retirements of myself and 
the Chairman later this calendar year.

Executive directors
As explained in last year’s report the Committee had to 
respond to the absence of Ted Ayres from the business due 
to ill health.

John Watson was appointed as acting Executive Chairman 
and the appointment of Jason Honeyman to the Board 
as Chief Operating Officer was brought forward. John’s 
appointment was an interim arrangement during the 
absence of the Chief Executive.

Following Ted’s retirement from the Board on 
31 July 2018, Jason Honeyman was promoted to Chief 
Executive and John Watson stepped down from his 
executive responsibilities to resume his position as non-
executive Chairman.

Chairman
John Watson will retire from the Board at the conclusion 
of the 2018 AGM. John will have completed 23 years as a 
member of the Board and over 40 years with the Company. 
He will be succeeded as Chairman by Paul Hampden Smith, 
who currently chairs the Audit Committee.

After considering the recruitment options, and being 
influenced significantly by the scale of change within 
the Board, the Committee decided an appointment from 
within the existing non-executive directors would provide 
essential continuity.

The Committee’s decision to propose Paul as Chairman was 
unanimous as was the final decision by the Board. Paul took 
no part in the discussions.

51

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceAudit Committee Report

  The Committee is an important component of the 
governance framework of the Group. 

Paul Hampden Smith
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Membership

Director

Date appointed to
the Committee

Number of meetings 
attended during  
the year

Paul Hampden Smith 
(Chairman)

1 August 2013, 
appointed Chairman on 
1 February 2014

John Cuthbert

15 January 2010

Denise Jagger

1 August 2013

Jill Caseberry

1 October 2017

Ian McHoul

Mike Toms

1 February 2018

1 February 2009 
(retired 13 December 2017)

Main focus in 2017/18

•  Financial reporting.

•  Internal control and risk management.

•  Audit effectiveness.

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/3

1/1

1/1

•  Assist with the induction of the two new Committee members who joined

during 2017/18.

Focus areas for 2018/19

•  Financial reporting.

• Internal control and risk management.

• Audit effectiveness.

• Approve annual tax strategy statement.

• Handover of Chair to Ian McHoul from December 2018.

52

I am pleased to provide you with an update of the work 
undertaken by the Audit Committee (the ‘Committee’) during 
the period. The Committee supports the Board in achieving 
its governance framework, with its principal activities 
focussed on the integrity of financial reporting, the quality 
and effectiveness of internal controls, risk management and 
reviewing the performance of the external auditor.

Committee membership and meetings

During the year Jill Caseberry and Ian McHoul were 
appointed to the Committee whilst Mike Toms retired. 
The Committee currently comprises five independent non-
executive directors shown in the table to the left. I believe 
that between them they have an appropriate and relevant 
combination of experience and knowledge.

The Board considers that both myself and Ian McHoul, who 
currently chairs the Audit Committee of Britvic plc, to have 
recent and relevant financial experience as required by the 
Code. The Board has also confirmed that they are confident 
that the collective experience of the Committee members 
enables them to act effectively as an audit committee. 
In December 2018 I will retire from the Committee and 
become Chairman of the Board with Ian McHoul replacing 
me as Chairman of this Committee. 

Further information on the experience and knowledge of the 
Committee members is included in the directors’ biographies 
on pages 42 and 43.

In line with the terms of reference, there were three 
scheduled meetings of the Committee during the year and 
there were no absences from any meeting, apart from Jill 
Caseberry who missed one meeting.

The Group Finance Director, Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary, Group Finance Manager and Head of 
Risk attend meetings by invitation and were present at all 
meetings during the year, with the exception of the Head 
of Risk who did not attend one meeting. The Committee is 
supported by the Deputy Group Company Secretary who 
acts as secretary to the Committee. 

Two of the meetings during the year were also attended 
by representatives from the external auditor, KPMG LLP 
(‘KPMG’), who also met with the Committee independently 
of management. No issues were raised during these 
discussions. I also had further discussions, independently 
of each other, with the Group Finance Director, Head of 
Risk and KPMG, and reported relevant information to other 
members of the Committee.

Detailed papers are prepared and circulated in advance 
of Committee meetings by both management and KPMG, 
thereby allowing informed discussions and decisions to 
take place.

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Responsibilities and terms of reference

A comprehensive version of the Committee’s terms of reference is available on the Group’s website at 
www.bellwaycorporate.com/corporateGovernance.

Main activities during the year

The Committee met on three occasions during the financial year. The activities undertaken at the October 2018 meeting 
concluded the Committee’s activities in relation to the Company’s financial reporting for the year ended 31 July 2018.

The main activities performed by the Committee at these meetings are described below:

Meeting date

Activities

October 2017

The Committee:

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

reviewed the final draft of the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts, together with a report produced 
by KPMG which detailed their findings both on areas of key financial reporting judgement and 
other areas of audit focus. 
reviewed and concluded that the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts presented a fair, balanced 
and understandable assessment of the Group’s position and prospects after considering reports 
from the external auditor. The Committee recommended the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts to 
the Board for approval.
reviewed the draft viability statement to appear in the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts.
considered and challenged management about the use of Alternative Performance Measures 
(‘APMs’) and whether they are appropriate or whether GAAP measures would be more relevant.
 considered the outcome of the Financial Reporting Council’s (‘FRC’) review of the audit for the 
year ended 31 July 2016 that was selected for an Audit Quality Review as part of their routine 
processes. As part of the process I had discussions with the FRC and provided feedback to other 
members of the Committee where relevant. KPMG produced a report, which was considered by 
the Committee, highlighting the findings of this review and how they had addressed them during 
the audit for the year ended 31 July 2017. The Committee is not aware that any of the findings have 
resulted in a significant change to KPMG’s audit approach.
held a private meeting with KPMG.
reviewed and approved an updated approvals and authority document in relation to the main 
transactions undertaken by the Group.
considered the performance and effectiveness of the Committee.
reviewed and approved the Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement 2017.

January 2018

The Committee:

•  obtained an update on forthcoming changes in accounting standards and their relevance to the 

Group.
received a risk management update from the Group Head of Risk and reviewed the Risk 
Management Policy.
received an update on the Internal Audit activities undertaken in the previous calendar year and 
provided feedback on the proposed 2018 Internal Audit plan.
received a presentation from the Group IT Director in relation to IT security.
reviewed the Group’s policies and procedures in relation to whistleblowing, anti-bribery and 
corruption, and anti-slavery.
assessed the performance of the external auditor.
reviewed the Independent Auditor Policy.

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

March 2018

The Committee:

• 
• 

reviewed the final draft of the 2018 Interim Announcement.
reviewed KPMG’s audit plan, including the proposed Group, subsidiary and divisional materiality 
for the 2018 audit.

•  obtained an update from KPMG in relation to the general Annual Quality Review findings the 

firm had received compared to their peers and understanding the effect, if any, they had on the 
Bellway audit. 
received a Risk and Internal Audit update.
reviewed the updated Data Protection Policy which incorporated the new GDPR requirements.
held a private meeting with KPMG.

• 
• 
• 

53

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceAudit Committee Report continued

Meeting date

Activities

October 2018

The Committee:

•

•

•
•

•
•

•

•

•

reviewed the final draft of the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts, together with a report produced
by KPMG which detailed their findings both on areas of key financial reporting judgement and
other areas of audit focus.
reviewed and concluded that the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts presented a fair, balanced
and understandable assessment of the Group’s position and prospects after considering reports
from the external auditor. The Committee recommended the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts to
the Board for approval.
reviewed the draft viability statement to appear in the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts.
received a paper on significant judgemental areas prepared by management and provided
appropriate challenge to their assumptions.
reviewed a paper which analysed notable one-off items that affected profit during the year.
considered and challenged management about the use of Alternative Performance Measures
(‘APMs’) and whether they are appropriate or whether GAAP measures would be more relevant.
reviewed a paper setting out progress made on the implementation of the new finance and
valuation system across the Group.
considered a paper produced by management setting out management’s assessment in relation
to potential risks associated with cladding, work that will be performed and whether appropriate
provision is included within the financial statements of the Group.
held a private meeting with KPMG.

Financial reporting

Significant financial reporting judgements
The Committee confirmed that they believe the significant financial reporting judgements for the Group continued to be:

• Profit recognition; and

• The carrying value of the Group’s land and work in progress.

In addition, the Committee consider the carrying value of investments held by the Company a significant financial 
reporting matter.

The table overleaf sets out the matters considered and the action performed by the Committee during the year in relation to 
these significant financial reporting matters.

54

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018The carrying value of investments (Company)

Investments in joint ventures and 
subsidiaries (‘investments’) is a 
significant asset on the Company’s 
balance sheet and at 31 July 2018 
had a carrying value of £39.7 million. 
Investments are held at cost less 
impairment. The risk surrounds 
the judgement about whether an 
impairment is required given the 
inherent uncertainty involved in 
forecasting future cash flows of an 
investment.

The carrying value of investments (Company)

The Committee reviewed a paper 
comparing the carrying value of the 
investments held by the Company to 
their associated net assets. 
Following a review of this paper 
and enquiry with management and 
the external auditor, the Committee 
concluded that the carrying value of 
investments is appropriate.

The carrying value of the Group’s land and work 
in progress (Group)

Land and work in progress are the 
most significant assets on the Group’s 
balance sheet and at 31 July 2018 
had a book value of £3,224.4 million. 
The carrying value of land and work 
in progress is affected by the profit 
recognition policy of the Group, as set 
out to the left. In addition, all inventory 
is held at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value, which is determined by 
the whole site/phase margin as set out 
in the ‘profit recognition’ column. The 
risk is that for any site/phase, currently 
trading or not, that the whole site/phase 
margin may be negative resulting in a 
net realisable value that is below cost. 
Divisional management review all sites/
phases to ensure any with a forecast 
negative whole site/phase margin have 
an appropriate provision, and this has 
been re-assessed at regular intervals 
during the year. 

The carrying value of the Group’s land and work 
in progress (Group)

The Committee understands the 
Group’s methodology in reviewing the 
carrying value of the Group’s land and 
work in progress and the surrounding 
controls. Management provided a 
summary of the work undertaken which 
was considered by the Committee.
The external auditor explained to the 
Committee the work they performed 
in relation to the carrying value of the 
Group’s land and work in progress. 
This included the procedures identified 
in relation to profit recognition and a 
review of the latest site/phase valuation 
for all sites/phases active during 
the year and those that are yet to 
commence production.
Following enquiry with management 
and the external auditor, the Committee 
concluded that there are appropriate 
systems and internal controls in place to 
assess the carrying value of the Group’s 
land and work in progress, and that the 
carrying value of these assets in the 
financial statements is appropriate.

Matters considered

Profit recognition (Group)

Gross profit of £753.4 million has been 
recognised on housing and other 
revenue. Gross profit for completed 
housing sales is recognised based on 
the latest whole site/phase margin, 
which is derived as part of the site/phase 
valuation process. These valuations are 
updated frequently throughout the life of 
the site/phase and include both actual 
and forecast selling prices, land costs 
and construction costs. The forecast 
costs and revenues are estimates and 
are inherently uncertain due to potential 
changes in market conditions.

Action performed by the Committee

Profit recognition (Group)

The Committee understands the Group’s 
revenue and gross profit recognition 
policy and the related systems and 
controls. 
During the year the Committee reviewed 
a paper produced by management 
setting out the revenue recognition 
policy and adherence with this around 
reporting periods.
Management outlined the existing 
systems and controls surrounding gross 
profit recognition and the valuation 
process. The Committee discussed these 
controls, challenging management 
where appropriate.
The external auditor explained to 
the Committee the work they have 
undertaken in relation to the systems 
and controls surrounding revenue 
recognition, gross profit recognition and 
the valuation process and provided an 
explanation of the detailed substantive 
testing performed. The Committee also 
reviewed a summary prepared by KPMG 
explaining their findings from their work 
testing the design, implementation and 
operating effectiveness of the Group’s 
systems and controls pertaining to 
revenue recognition and the valuation 
process.
Following enquiry with management 
and the external auditor, the Committee 
concluded that there are appropriate 
systems and internal controls in place 
to assess and quantify both actual and 
forecast selling prices and costs, and 
that the Group’s profit recognition policy 
is appropriate and has been properly 
applied in these financial statements.

55

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceAudit Committee Report continued

Viability statement
In accordance with section C.2.2 of the Code and the FRC 
guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related 
Financial and Business Reporting, the Committee challenged 
management on the assumptions, methodology and 
timespan that the viability statement covers. 

A paper by management was considered by the Committee 
who concluded that the viability statement and going 
concern basis of preparation is appropriate. This was then 
recommended to the Board for approval.

Internal control and risk management

The Committee is responsible for reviewing and assessing 
the Group’s internal controls and risk management systems 
and providing guidance on these to the Board. The Board 
is responsible for reviewing the effectiveness of the system 
of internal controls.

Throughout the year the risk register for the Group has 
been reviewed and updated by management. This review 
includes ensuring the completeness of risks, assessing their 
likelihood, their impact and the effectiveness of the control 
environment to mitigate the risks. 

Risk is considered at each Board meeting, with a full review 
of the risk register taking place at least annually. The internal 
control and risk management process only reduces the risk 
of material misstatement or loss, and does not eliminate this 
risk completely.

The principal risks facing the Group, which are described 
in the Strategic Report on pages 24 to 25, are regularly 
reviewed and cover all aspects of Bellway’s operations 
including land acquisition, planning, construction, health and 
safety, sales, HR, IT and legal and regulatory compliance. 

The continuing role of the Board is, on a systematic 
and ongoing basis, to review the key risks inherent in 
the business, the operation of the systems and controls 
necessary to manage such risks and their effectiveness 
and to satisfy itself that all reasonable steps are being 
taken to mitigate these risks. 

The key areas of control are as follows:

• the Board has agreed a list of key risks which affect the
Group, that are reviewed throughout the year and has
considered the extent to which the measures taken by
the Group mitigate those risks.

• the acquisition of land and land interests is initiated by

divisional management and reviewed by the appropriate
Regional Chairman prior to submission to Head Office
for approval. All land acquisitions must achieve minimum
financial acquisition criteria and are subject to approval
by the executive directors and in certain circumstances,
approval by the Board.

• a comprehensive monitoring and reporting system is

in place including annual budgets, monthly forecasting
and management reporting, incorporating variance
analysis and commentary. This is produced by divisional
management and reviewed by the Regional Chairmen
and function heads at Head Office. Summaries are also
provided to the executive directors.

• monthly divisional board meetings are held to review
divisional performance, which are attended by the
Regional Chairmen. The executive directors attend certain
divisional board meetings on a regular basis during the
year, and this is supplemented with main Board visits
to divisions.

56

• site/phase valuations are produced periodically

throughout the life of a site/phase, with a summary of
the actual and forecast costs and revenues produced
at a divisional level prior to review by the divisional
management team and Head Office team.

• regular visits to sites by in-house health and safety teams
and external consultants to monitor health and safety
standards and performance.

• a central treasury function operates at Head Office

ensuring the optimum financing is obtained for the Group
as a whole.

• a number of the Group’s key functions are dealt with

centrally. These include taxation, pensions, insurance, IT,
legal, HR, regulatory compliance and company secretarial
functions. This centralisation ensures a consistent
approach and the appropriate range of skills to manage
these specialised areas.

Where any control recommendations are made by 
the external auditors, these are considered, and where 
relevant are implemented to further strengthen the 
control environment.

The Group has a risk function which, in part, performs 
internal audit reviews. The Head of Risk has a direct reporting 
line into both the Group Finance Director and myself. 
During the year the Head of Risk undertook a number of 
internal audit reviews, utilising specialists from within relevant 
functions, and provided the Committee with a summary 
of the findings together with recommendations to further 
enhance the control environment. A register is maintained 
centrally which monitors progress against any system and 
control enhancements to ensure they are implemented 
appropriately and in a timely and controlled manner.

External audit

Audit effectiveness and reappointment
The external auditor of the Group is KPMG. Their performance 
is regularly reviewed by both management and the 
Committee, and this is done formally on an annual basis.

The Committee considered a paper produced by 
management which used the FRC guidance note titled 
‘Audit Quality’ as the basis. 

This review consisted of:

• considering the robustness and appropriateness of

KPMG’s approach to auditing the significant risk areas
facing the Group.

• considering whether KPMG’s materiality proposal for

the 2016/17 financial year, which was the most up to date
information held at the date of the review, was set at an
appropriate level for the component parts of the Group.

• discussions with management who were involved in the

financial reporting processes.

• an understanding of the findings of the Audit Quality

Review (‘AQR’) team of the FRC following their
inspection of audit firms including KPMG. This included
understanding whether any of the findings would have
affected the Bellway audit.

• an understanding of the AQR and internal KPMG quality
review findings specifically in relation to the engagement
partner, Nick Plumb.

• considering KPMG’s independence, objectivity and

professional scepticism.

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018•  reviewing the performance of KPMG against their audit 
strategy for the 2016/17 financial year, the most recent 
fully completed audit cycle, and their interaction with 
the Committee during the process.

•  considering where KPMG have added value and 

demonstrated proactivity.

The ratio of non-audit fees for the year to the external audit 
fee was 4.4%. KPMG provide written confirmation on at least 
an annual basis that they remain independent.

The Committee confirms there are no independence issues 
in relation to the external auditor and that the policy has 
been adhered to throughout the year.

As part of this review a few small areas of improvement 
were identified which have been fed back to KPMG who 
have incorporated them in to their audit for the year ending 
31 July 2018.

Following this review, the Committee recommended to the 
Board, which is in turn recommending to the shareholders, 
that KPMG be reappointed as the auditor of the Group.

KPMG has been the auditor of the Group since 1979 when 
Bellway was listed and it has not been tendered in the 
intervening period. Nick Plumb is the lead audit partner and 
has just completed his fifth and final year in this role. It is 
expected that John Pass will become the lead audit partner 
once Nick Plumb rotates off following the conclusion of 
this year’s audit. It is the Group’s current intention to retain 
KPMG as auditor, subject to the usual annual review of their 
effectiveness, up to and including the 31 July 2020 year end 
audit to allow the new accounting and valuation system to 
be rolled out across the Group.

We are aware of the Order of the Competition and Markets 
Authority in relation to FTSE 350 companies which will 
require the Group to change its external auditor prior to the 
audit for the year ending 31 July 2021. 

Auditor independence and non-audit fees
The Independent Auditor Policy, which seeks to preserve 
the independence of the external auditor by defining those 
non-audit services which the external auditor may and may 
not provide, was reviewed during the year and no changes 
were made.

There are clearly defined levels of approval depending on 
the value of the work to be provided. Where fees exceed 
£100,000 Board approval is required. 

The Group’s external auditor is not engaged for any of the 
following non-audit related services:

•  tax compliance and other tax services.

•  bookkeeping or other services related to the accounting 

records or financial statements of the Group.

•  financial information system design and implementation.

Audit Committee assessment

During the year the Committee assessed both the 
performance of the Committee as a whole and that of 
its individual members, utilising a questionnaire that was 
internally facilitated. A couple of minor areas for possible 
further improvement were identified, and these will be 
considered in the year ahead. 

Following a review of these results, I consider the Committee 
to be effective and provide a robust and independent 
oversight over the financial reporting, internal control and 
risk and external audit activities of the Group. The Committee 
has an appropriate and complementary set of skills and 
experience that enable it to deliver the aforementioned.

Other legislative requirements

Whistleblowing
The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy is well publicised at all 
locations, and allows all employees to raise concerns in 
confidence to either the Deputy Group Company Secretary 
or, alternatively, an independent third party. 

During the year the Committee approved minor changes 
to the Whistleblowing Policy.

Bribery Act
The Group’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy and 
procedures are circulated throughout the Group and are 
included on the Group’s intranet.

Data protection compliance
During the year a thorough review was undertaken of the 
Data Protection Policy in light of the new General Data 
Protection Regulations (‘GDPR’). This review resulted in 
a number of changes to the previous policy which the 
Committee approved in advance of the GDPR regulations 
coming in to force. 

Paul Hampden Smith
Chairman of the Audit Committee

•  appraisal or valuation services, fairness opinions, or 

15 October 2018

contributions in kind reports.

•  actuarial services.

•  internal audit outsourcing services.

•  management functions or human resources.

•  broker or dealer, investment adviser or investment 

banking services.

•  legal services and expert services unrelated to the audit.

•  technical accounting advice.

•  assistance on FTSE matters.

•  any other service that is impermissible by regulation.

For an analysis of fees paid to KPMG see note 4 to the 
accounts. The non-audit fees are for ad hoc assurance work 
and an audit of the Group’s final salary pension scheme. 

57

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceRemuneration Report

  This is the first year of reporting on the new  
remuneration policy which was overwhelmingly 
approved by 97% of shareholders at the last AGM. 

Jill Caseberry
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Annual Statement

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present my first Remuneration Report as 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’). 
This report consists of this Annual Statement and the Annual 
Report on Remuneration for the 2017/18 financial year which 
will be subject to a single advisory shareholder vote at the 
forthcoming AGM. 

This is the first year of reporting on the new remuneration 
policy which was overwhelmingly approved by 97% of 
shareholders at the last AGM.

Board changes
As previously announced and as discussed elsewhere 
in this report, Ted Ayres retired from the Board on 31 July 
2018 and Jason Honeyman was promoted from his role as 
Chief Operating Officer to Chief Executive from 1 August 
2018. John Watson, who temporarily acted as Executive 
Chairman during Ted’s leave of absence until 31 July 2018, 
is subsequently due to retire at the AGM on 12 December 
2018. He will be succeeded by Paul Hampden Smith as 
non-executive Chairman, with Ian McHoul replacing Paul 
as the Chairman of the Audit Committee on the same date. 
The new remuneration arrangements are summarised below 
in the section on implementation of the remuneration policy 
in 2018/19.

Ted’s termination arrangements are in accordance with 
his service agreement and our remuneration policy as 
a good leaver. As such, he will be compensated for his 
entitlement to salary, pension, benefits and car allowance 
in accordance with his 12 months’ notice period, which will 
be paid monthly and is subject to mitigation. Ted will not be 
eligible for a bonus for the year ended 31 July 2018. However, 
as a good leaver, his outstanding PSP awards will all be time 
pro-rated by reference to 31 July 2018 but will vest on their 
normal vesting dates, subject to achievement of the relevant 
performance conditions for each award over the three-year 
performance periods.

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/2

1/1

Membership

Director

Jill Caseberry 
(Chairman)

Date appointed to
the Committee

Number of meetings 
attended during  
the year

1 October 2017

(appointed as Chairman on 
13 December 2017)

John Cuthbert

15 January 2010

Paul Hampden Smith

1 August 2013

Denise Jagger

1 August 2013

Ian McHoul

Mike Toms 

(Chairman until 
his retirement)

1 February 2018

1 February 2009

(retired 13 December 2017)

Main focus in 2017/18

•  Approve the bonus payments and long-term incentive awards vesting

levels for the 2016/17 year.

•  Approve the 2016/17 Report of the Board on Directors’ Remuneration.

•  Oversee the successful transition between Mike Toms and Jill Caseberry as

Chairman of the Committee. 

•  Determine the package for the appointment of Jason Honeyman to the
Board in September 2017 as Chief Operating Officer, and again on his 
promotion to Chief Executive from 1 August 2018.

•  Agree the remuneration package to be paid to Ted Ayres on his retirement

from the Board on 31 July 2018.

•  Set the bonus targets for the 2018/19 year.

•  Make awards under the long-term incentive scheme.

•  Review and determine the remuneration packages for the executive
directors and the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  Review and determine the fee payable to the current Chairman, including
the additional payment for temporarily acting as Executive Chairman, and 
the fee payable to the new Chairman from December 2018.

•  Review remuneration policies for senior management below Board level.

Focus areas for 2018/19

•  Consider how to implement the requirements of the UK Corporate
Governance Code 2018 which will apply to the Company from 
1 August 2019.

•  Approve the bonus payments and long-term incentive awards vesting

levels for the 2017/18 year.

•  Approve the 2017/18 Remuneration Report.

•  Set the bonus targets for the 2019/20 year.

•  Make awards under the long-term incentive scheme.

•  Review and determine the remuneration packages for the executive
directors and the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  Review remuneration policies for senior management below Board level.

58

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Performance and reward in 2017/18

The Committee continues to operate a remuneration structure based on the three core elements of basic pay, annual 
cash bonus and a share-based long-term incentive plan, which it considers closely aligns shareholder interests with those 
of management.

The Group has built 10,307 new homes this year (2017 – 9,644), surpassing the 10,000 mark for the first time in its history, 
following nine consecutive years of volume growth. EPS has risen by 14.2% to 423.4p (2017 – 370.6p) with a year end net asset 
value per share of 2,079p(~) (2017 – 1,785p) and RoCE remains high at 27.2%(~) (2017 – 27.6%).

The Committee has awarded the executive directors a bonus payment of 102.36% of basic salary and the long-term incentive 
plan awarded in 2015/16 will vest at 99.775% of the award. Full details of the bonus and long-term incentive plan performance 
and levels of award are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration, however the Committee considers that the level of 
bonus payment and long-term incentive vesting reflects the strong performance of the Group and the executive directors 
during the twelve-month and three-year period to 31 July 2018. 

John Watson became Executive Chairman shortly after the start of the financial year on an interim basis during the Chief 
Executive’s absence on medical leave. The Committee used its discretion to award John an additional payment at the rate of 
£100,000 p.a. for the period during which he had executive responsibilities, and to link this payment to the annual cash bonus 
on the same basis as the executive directors. This payment ceased on 1 August 2018 when he resumed his non-executive role.

How we will implement the remuneration policy in 2018/19

From 1 August 2018, the Chairman and the Group Finance Director were awarded salary increases of 2.5%, consistent with the 
average salary increase to the general workforce. 

In line with the current policy on salaries for new executive directors, the salary of the new Chief Executive has initially been set 
at a level significantly below market levels (and the salary of the previous Chief Executive) for the first year at £530,000 to allow 
him time to gain experience and develop into the role. The Committee intends to increase this to £689,000 from 1 August 2019, 
subject to his satisfactory personal performance and proving himself in the role over the next year, to reflect an appropriate 
salary for the level of responsibility and scope of the full role and bring it in line with the salary that would have been payable 
to Ted Ayres from that date if he had remained as Chief Executive. The Committee has conducted a benchmarking exercise 
and is comfortable that the proposed salary for 2019/20 is appropriate for the role and not excessive.

The 2018/19 annual bonus will continue to be based mainly on financial performance, with a bonus of 90% of salary based 
on operating profit. The remaining bonus of 30% of salary will be based on the same strategic measures as last year, with a 
bonus of 15% of salary on each of land bank and customer care. However, the customer care measure has been split into two 
parts, with a bonus of 7.5% of salary available for achieving 5 star home builder status and the other 7.5% of salary linked to 
the customer satisfaction score. Health and safety performance will be taken into account as part of the Committee’s overall 
assessment of the bonus payment. 

The proposed weightings ensure a strong focus on financial performance and sustainability through land bank at the same 
time as focussing on customers, a key indicator of future growth. Health and safety continues to remain an integral part of the 
performance assessment. 

The PSP award level is unchanged from last year at 150% of salary for executive directors, with relative TSR performance 
conditions against the same two peer groups. The Committee considers this level of award provides a strong focus on 
incentivising long-term, sustained performance.

Following a review by the Committee of the existing clawback provisions, for bonus years commencing and PSP awards 
granted after 1 August 2018, the time period over which clawback will apply has been extended to the third anniversary of 
payment of bonus or vesting of the PSP award, as relevant, and clawback will also apply in the case of corporate failure or 
material reputational damage.

The new non-executive Chairman will receive a fee of £217,000 in line with the previous non-executive Chairman’s fee.

The Committee continues to monitor changes in best practice and corporate governance to ensure the policy remains 
appropriate. We are aware of the forthcoming changes in the new UK Corporate Governance Code and, whilst we intend 
for the current policy approved last year to apply for its full three-year term, we will review and assess over the coming year 
whether any changes to the policy will be necessary before the three-year period has elapsed. 

I hope you will support the resolution relating to directors’ remuneration which will be put to shareholders for approval at the 
2018 AGM. 

Jill Caseberry
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

15 October 2018

59

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceRemuneration Report continued

Remuneration at a glance 

How remuneration links to our strategy

Strategic objective

Link to remuneration

Metric

Business growth

Annual bonus

Operating profit

Land bank

Annual bonus

Sufficient land bank of plots with DPP

Customer care

Annual bonus

Customer satisfaction score

Health and safety

Underpin to annual bonus

Overall health and safety performance

Performance
against metric

£652.9 million

Achieved

86.0%

Achieved

Shareholder value

Long-term incentive plan

Relative TSR against two comparator groups

99.775% vesting

How our executive directors were paid during 2017/18 

Chief 
Executive

Chief 
Operating
Officer

Group 
Finance
Director

Executive
Chairman

40%

60%

38%

31%

31%

31%

25%

44%

75%

25%

£1,815

£1,180

£1,581

£412

0
0
0
£

0

200

400

600

800

1,000

£000

1,200

1,400

1,600

1,800

2,000

  Fixed pay

  Annual bonus

  Long-term share awards

Notes:

1.  The Chief Executive was absent during the year due to ill health and so received no bonus.

2. The Chief Operating Officer was appointed on 1 September 2017 and so his remuneration is not for a full financial year.

3. The Chairman became Executive Chairman during the Chief Executive’s absence and received an additional fee which was eligible for a bonus.

Bonus outcomes – see page 69

Strategic objective

Operating profit
(pre-exceptional)

Weighting
(% of salary)

Threshold
(39% pays out)

Maximum value  
(100% pays out)

Actual

Payment 
(% of maximum)

Payment 
(% of salary)

90%

£615.0
million

£660.0
million

£652.9
million

90.40%

81.36%

Objectives and performance against target

Land bank

Customer care

The land bank of plots with DPP (available for completion in the 
following financial year) grew by 8.2% during the year. This exceeded 
the minimum target and an award of 11% of salary was achieved.

The Group’s customer satisfaction score in 2018 was 86.0% compared 
with the base of 85.7%. This is a slight improvement on last year’s 
performance, resulting in a minimum payment.

Score

Achieved in part – 
11% of salary awarded.

Minimum achieved – 
10% of salary awarded.

LTIP outcomes – see page 70
The PSP awards granted in 2015/16 were based on a three-year TSR performance for the period to 31 July 2018. 

Metric

Performance condition

Threshold target

Stretch target

Actual

% vesting

50% of 
awards

Relative TSR against an index of peer housebuilders 

26.41% TSR 
(Index)

48.91% TSR 
(Index +22.5%)

54.06% 
Bellway TSR

100.000%

50% of 
awards

Relative TSR against the FTSE 250 (excluding 
financial services companies and investment trusts)

83 rank 
(median)

41.75 rank (upper 
quartile)

42 Bellway 
rank

Total

60

99.550%

99.775%

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018This part of the remuneration report, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, has been prepared in accordance with The Large  
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. 

The overall remuneration policy has been developed in compliance with the principles of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, UK institutional investor guidance and the Listing Rules.

The remuneration policy set out below was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 13 December 2017 and is intended 
to apply for three years unless a new policy is put to shareholders before then. The policy report has been reproduced for 
information and has been updated where appropriate to reflect the passage of time. 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Objectives of remuneration policy
The aim of the Committee is to ensure that the Company has competitive remuneration packages in place that will promote 
the long-term success of the Company and motivate executive directors in the overall interests of shareholders, the Group, its 
employees and its customers.

The Committee has a policy of paying a level of remuneration comparable with that at a peer group of similar UK 
housebuilding businesses, subject to experience and performance. 

The Committee uses this comparative approach to benchmarking with caution, recognising the relatively few direct 
housebuilding comparators, their differing size and the risk of an upward ratchet effect with any peer-based analysis. The  
structure of the package has been designed to ensure that the performance-related elements of remuneration (annual bonus 
and long-term incentives) constitute a significant proportion of an executive’s potential total remuneration package, but are 
only receivable if stretching performance targets are achieved.

The structure of the performance conditions for annual bonus and long-term incentives has been designed to provide a 
strong link to the Group’s performance, namely a focus on maximising profit in a sustainable fashion and producing superior 
shareholder returns, thereby generating a strong alignment of interest between senior executives and shareholders. 

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group 
Whilst we do not consult directly with employees when drawing up the executive remuneration policy, in determining the 
elements of remuneration for the executive directors the Committee takes into consideration the pay and conditions of 
employees throughout the Group as a whole, paying particular attention to the levels of basic pay increase awarded to the 
workforce generally. 

Since 2015 the salaries of the directors have been increased in accordance with the general pay increase awarded to the 
workforce. Prior to that, the salaries of the recently appointed executive directors were below mid-market value and were 
increased incrementally until they reached mid-market levels. 

All eligible employees, including the executive directors, can join the Group’s savings related share option arrangements,  
have life assurance benefits and have access to pension arrangements. A significant proportion of employees benefit from 
health insurance, a company car or car allowance and are eligible to participate in a discretionary bonus scheme. 

The Committee is apprised regularly of any significant policy changes for the workforce generally and management below 
Board level in particular. 

Consideration of shareholder views 
The Committee takes into account the views of shareholders. When any significant changes are proposed to the remuneration 
policy, the Chairman of the Committee will consult with major shareholders and representative bodies in advance. In setting 
the new policy in the year, the Committee consulted with major shareholders, the Investment Association (‘IA’) and Institutional 
Shareholder Services Inc. (‘ISS’) who were generally supportive of the proposed changes and the approach being taken. 

Choice of performance measures and approaches to target setting
The performance measures used in the annual bonus and long-term incentive plan are aligned with the Company’s KPIs and 
the business strategy. 

For the annual bonus, operating profit is an appropriate barometer of short-term performance. Customer care and land bank 
are important drivers of future growth and maintaining a strong health and safety record is very important to our employee 
base and the Group. 

The Committee believes that relative TSR is an appropriate long-term performance metric as it generates an alignment of 
interest between executives and institutional shareholders by providing a reward mechanism for delivering superior stock 
market performance. The TSR performance is independently calculated for the Committee by the Company’s brokers.

Targets for incentive plans are set to be stretching but achievable, taking into account internal and external reference points, 
including internal forecasts and market consensus.

61

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceRemuneration Report continued

Clawback
The time period over which clawback will apply to bonus years ended and PSP awards made prior to 1 August 2018 is at any 
time before the later of:

(i)

the first anniversary of the date on which the bonus is paid or an award vests, as relevant; or

(ii)

 the date of publication of the Company’s first set of audited financial statements covering the financial year in which the
payment or vesting took place, as relevant.

The time period over which clawback will apply to bonuses in respect of bonus years commencing and PSP awards granted 
after 1 August 2018 is at any time before the third anniversary of payment of bonus or vesting of PSP award, as relevant.

Incentive plan discretions
The Committee will operate the annual bonus plan and PSP in accordance with their respective rules. As part of the rules the 
Committee holds certain discretions which are required for both an efficient operation and administration of these plans, and 
are consistent with standard market practice. These include the following discretions:

• participants of the plans.

• the timing of the grant of an award and/or payment.

• the size of an award and/or a payment (albeit with quantum and performance targets restricted to the descriptions detailed

in the policy table).

• the assessment of performance criteria and the determination of vesting.

• discretion required when dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing performance targets) or restructuring of

the Group.

• determination of a good/bad leaver for incentive plan purposes based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate

treatment chosen.

• adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring events and special dividends).

• the annual review of performance conditions for the annual bonus plan and PSP from year-to-year.

• if certain events occur (e.g. a material divestment or acquisition of a Group business), which mean the original performance

conditions are no longer appropriate, the Committee retains the ability to make adjustments to the targets and/or set
different measures and alter weightings as necessary to ensure the conditions achieve their original purpose and are not
materially less difficult to satisfy.

• the outstanding share incentive awards which are detailed in the Annual Report on Remuneration will remain eligible to vest

based on their original award terms.

Any use of the above discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the Annual Report on Remuneration and may, as 
appropriate, be the subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders.

62

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Policy table

This section of the report describes the key components of each element of the remuneration arrangements for executive and 
non-executive directors.

Component and 
link to strategy

Operation

Salary

To be market 
competitive and 
therefore assist in 
recruiting, retaining 
and motivating high 
quality executives. 
Reflects individual 
role and experience

Salaries are normally reviewed in July each year and 
changes normally take effect from 1 August. They are typically 
determined by reference to market levels of a peer group 
of similar UK housebuilding businesses, taking account 
of salaries at other companies of a similar size, and by 
taking account of the role, performance, and experience 
of the individual, Company performance, salary increases 
throughout the rest of the business and economic conditions. 

Where salaries of new executive directors are positioned 
below market levels, the Committee’s policy is to progress 
these over time, with increases potentially higher than for 
the general workforce, as experience is gained, subject 
to performance.

Annual bonus

To reward 
achievement with 
a combination 
of financial and 
non-financial 
operational based 
performance 
targets in 
accordance with 
Group KPIs

Annual bonuses are normally payable in cash in November 
following the year end on 31 July, subject to the achievement 
of performance targets that were set at the start of the 
financial year.

The Company operates a recovery mechanism which allows 
the Company to clawback some or all of the payments 
made under the variable components of an individual’s 
remuneration, in the following circumstances: 

(i)    material misstatement of results. 

(ii)   error in assessing a performance condition. 

(iii)  gross misconduct by the individual.

(iv)  in relation to bonuses for the financial year 2018/19 

onwards, also in the case of corporate failure or material 
reputational damage*.

*These circumstances are in addition to those approved 
under the current policy (noted at paragraphs (i) to (iii) above) 
and will be tabled for formal inclusion into the policy at a 
future date. 

Maximum opportunity

Framework to assess performance

No prescribed 
maximum. 

Increases are 
normally in line with 
the average for the 
workforce generally. 

Increases may be 
below or above 
this e.g. due to 
promotion, change 
in responsibility 
or experience, 
role change or a 
significant change in 
the size, value and/
or complexity of 
the Company.

Salaries are set out 
in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration. 

120% of basic 
salary maximum.

In addition to the reviews by the Chairman, 
as part of the annual Board evaluation, the 
performance of the executives and the 
Company is kept under continuous review 
by the Board.

The bonus may be based on a 
combination of financial and strategic 
objectives, with financial performance 
accounting for a majority of the overall 
bonus opportunity. 

The Committee determines the choice of 
measure(s) and their weighting for each 
year to ensure alignment with the Board’s 
priorities and Company strategy over the 
short to medium-term.

The level of payout at threshold for 
financial metrics will not be more than 
40% of maximum, and varies for non-
financial metrics.

Full vesting will take place for equalling or 
exceeding maximum, subject to the health 
and safety underpin.

The Committee has discretion to adjust the 
payment outcome to ensure it reflects the 
individual’s contribution and/or the overall 
performance of the Company over the 
performance period.

Details of the performance measures 
used are set out in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

63

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceRemuneration Report continued

Component and 
link to strategy

Operation

Long-term incentives (‘PSP’)

Maximum opportunity

Framework to assess performance

To encourage 
long-term 
value creation, 
aid retention, 
encourage 
shareholding and 
promote alignment 
of interests 
with shareholders

Pension

To provide a 
structure and value 
that is market  
competitive

Benefits

To provide a range 
and value that 
is market  
competitive

The Company operates a PSP as its primary long-
term incentive.

150% of basic salary.

Annual awards of nil cost options or conditional awards may 
be made under the PSP to the executive directors, at the 
discretion of the Committee. 

Awards normally vest three years after grant, subject to the 
achievement of stretching performance targets.

Dividend equivalents (in cash or shares) may be payable, and 
will only accrue during the vesting and holding period on 
awards that ultimately vest.

The Company operates recovery and withholding 
mechanisms which allow the Company, in exceptional 
circumstances, to clawback some or all of the 
payments made, or recover unvested awards, in the 
following circumstances: 

(i)

material misstatement of results. 

(ii)

error in assessing a performance condition. 

(iii)

gross misconduct by the individual.

(iv)

in relation to awards for the financial year 2018/19 
onwards, also in the case of corporate failure or material 
reputational damage*.

*These circumstances are in addition to those approved 
under the current policy (noted at paragraphs (i) to (iii) above)
and will be tabled for formal inclusion into the policy at a 
future date.

A minimum holding period of two years applies to awards 
post-vesting.

PSP awards are subject to stretching three-
year targets. 

The current awards are subject to 
relative TSR conditions against relevant 
comparator companies. 

25% will vest at threshold with full 
vesting taking place for equalling or 
exceeding maximum.

For future awards the Committee may 
choose a financial measure, such as EPS, 
RoCE or NAV, in conjunction with or as 
an alternative to TSR depending on the 
medium to long-term priorities of the 
Group at the time of grant.

If the Committee decides to introduce a 
financial measure, it will carry out prior 
consultation with major shareholders.

The Committee has discretion to adjust 
the vesting outcome in exceptional 
circumstances to ensure it is a true 
reflection of the overall performance of the 
Company over the performance period.

Further details of the performance metrics 
applying to the awards are set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

Pension contributions into the Company’s Group Self Invested 
Personal Pension Plan and/or a salary supplement in lieu of 
pension contributions.

Up to 20% of salary.

Not applicable.

Typically comprises car or car allowance, life assurance 
and health insurance. Other benefits may be provided 
where appropriate.

Any expenses incurred in carrying out duties will be fully 
reimbursed by the Company including any personal taxation 
associated with such expenses.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

All-employee share schemes

The executive directors can participate in any HMRC-
approved all-employee plans operated by the Company.

Subject to prevailing 
HMRC limits.

Not applicable.

To encourage 
employees to 
build a stake 
in the future of 
the Company

64

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Component and 
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework to assess performance

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

The performance of the non-executive 
directors is assessed by the Chairman. 
The senior independent non-executive 
director reviews the performance of the 
Chairman in conjunction with the directors.

Share ownership guideline for executive directors

To align executive 
directors’ interests 
with those 
of shareholders

Executive directors are required to accumulate a minimum 
shareholding equivalent to 200% of basic salary. 

Within a period of three months of appointment an executive 
director must acquire a minimum of 1,000 ordinary shares 
in the Company and must retain at least 50% of any shares 
awarded under the PSP (or SMP in respect of awards granted 
in 2014 or before), after allowance for paying tax, until the 
requisite number of shares has been accumulated. If personal 
circumstances make this difficult, the Committee would 
exercise discretion.

Chairman and non-executive directors

To set appropriate 
fees in light of the 
time commitment, 
responsibilities, 
wider market and 
best practice

The Chairman’s fee is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

The remuneration of the non-executive directors 
is determined by the Board Committee on Non-
Executive Directors’ Remuneration, which comprises the 
executive directors. 

Fee levels are normally reviewed annually, taking into 
account the time commitment and responsibilities of the 
roles including membership or chairmanship of Board 
committees and the level of fees for similar positions in 
comparable companies.

Non-executive directors are not normally entitled to any 
benefits (with the exception of the Chairman who receives 
health and life assurance benefits) or pension. They do not 
participate in any bonus or long-term incentive plans and 
they are not entitled to compensation on termination of their 
arrangements, other than normal notice provisions of three 
months given by either party.

Travel, accommodation and other related expenses incurred 
in carrying out the role will be paid by the Company including 
any personal taxation associated with such expenses.

For the avoidance of doubt, under this Directors’ Remuneration Policy, authority is given to the Company to honour any 
commitments entered into with current or former directors that is consistent with the approved remuneration policy in force at 
the time the commitment was made (or, if made before the current policy was approved, as have been disclosed previously 
to shareholders), or was made at the time when the relevant individual was not a director of the Company. Details of any 
payments made to former directors will be set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration as they arise.

65

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceRemuneration Report continued

Approach to recruitment remuneration

In arriving at a total package and in considering the quantum for each element of the package, the Committee will take into 
account the skills and experience of the candidate and the market rate for a candidate of that experience, as well as the 
importance of securing the preferred candidate.

Element

Salary

General policy

Detail

At a level required to attract the most appropriate 
candidate.

Pension and 
benefits

In accordance with Company policies.

Bonus

In accordance with existing schemes.

Long-term 
incentives (PSP)

In accordance with Company policies and maximum 
limits in the PSP rules.

Buyout of forfeited 
remuneration

The Committee may make an award in cash or shares 
to replace deferred or incentive pay forfeited by an 
executive leaving a previous employer (and, if required, 
by relying on the flexibility provided in the Listing Rules 
to grant such replacement awards).

Service contracts and loss of office payment policy 

The details of the executive directors’ service contracts are as follows:

Discretion to pay lower basic salary with 
incremental increases, potentially higher than 
for the general workforce, as new appointee 
becomes established in the role.

Additional benefits in relation to recruitment 
may be provided where considered 
appropriate, for example, relocation 
expenses or allowances, legal fees and other 
recruitment-related costs may be payable.
Pension provision will be in line with the limits 
set out in the policy table.

Depending on the timing of recruitment, 
bespoke targets could be introduced for an 
individual within the maximum individual limits 
of the annual bonus plan applicable at the time. 
Pro-rating would be applied as appropriate for 
intra-year joiners.

An award may be made in the year of joining 
or, alternatively, the award can be delayed 
until the following year. 
Targets would normally be the same as for 
other directors and grant levels consistent 
within the permitted individual maximum 
under the rules of the plan and this policy.

Awards would, where possible, be consistent 
with the awards forfeited in terms of the 
vehicle, structure, vesting periods, expected 
value and performance conditions.

Executive director

Ted Ayres

Keith Adey

First appointed  
as a director

1 August 2011

Current contract 
commencement date

1 August 2011

1 February 2012

1 February 2012

Jason Honeyman

1 September 2017

1 August 2018

Notice period from employer Notice period from executive

12 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

The executive directors may accept external appointments provided that such appointments do not, in any way, prejudice 
their ability to perform their duties as executive directors of the Company. The extent to which any executive director is 
allowed to retain any fees payable in respect of such appointments, or whether such fees are remitted to the Company,  
will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. None of the executive directors currently hold any outside appointments.

All non-executive directors have letters of appointment with the Company for no more than three years, subject to annual 
reappointment at the AGM, with a three-month notice period by either side. The appointment letters for the Chairman and 
non-executive directors provide that no compensation is payable on termination, other than fees accrued and expenses.

66

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Non-executive director

John Watson

John Cuthbert

Paul Hampden Smith

Denise Jagger

Jill Caseberry

Ian McHoul

First appointed  
as a director

1 August 1995

1 November 2009

1 August 2013

1 August 2013

1 October 2017

1 February 2018

Current letter of appointment 
commencement date

Current letter of appointment 
expiry date

1 February 2016

1 November 2015

1 August 2016

1 August 2016

31 January 2019

31 October 2018

31 July 2019

31 July 2019

1 October 2017

30 September 2020

1 February 2018

31 January 2021

The overriding principle for payments on loss of office will be to honour contractual remuneration entitlements. The Committee 
would determine, on an equitable basis, the appropriate treatment of performance-linked elements of the package, taking 
account of the circumstances, in accordance with the rules of each respective plan. Failure will not be rewarded. 

The Company may pay statutory claims. Reasonable costs of legal expenses incurred by the director may be reimbursed by 
the Company by making direct payment to the professional adviser.

Element

Bad leaver(1)

Departure on agreed terms(2)

Good leaver(3)

Nil.

Salary, pension 
and benefits 
(after cessation 
of employment)

Annual bonus

No bonus payable.

PSP (and SMP 
awards granted 
in 2014 or 
before)

All awards, including 
those which have vested 
but are unexercised 
will lapse immediately 
upon cessation of 
employment.

Other  
payments

Nil.

Notes:

Up to 12 months’ basic salary, benefits 
and pension.
Payments may be phased and subject 
to offsetting against alternative income 
from elsewhere during the notice 
period.
The Company may pay in lieu 
of notice an amount equivalent to 12 
months’ salary, pension and benefits.

For the proportion of the financial year 
worked, bonus may be payable pro-
rata, subject to performance, at the 
discretion of the Committee. There will 
be no bonus payment in respect of 
any period of notice not worked.

Awards will lapse upon cessation of 
employment, unless the Committee 
decides otherwise, in which case 
awards may vest.
Where employment ends before the 
vesting date, awards may vest at the 
normal time (other than by exception) 
to the extent that the performance 
conditions have been satisfied.
The level of vested award will be 
reduced, pro-rata, based upon 
the period of time after the grant 
date and ending on the date of 
cessation of employment, relative to 
the three-year performance period 
unless the Committee, acting fairly 
and reasonably, decides that such a 
scaling back is inappropriate in any 
particular case.

Depending upon circumstances, the 
Committee may consider payments in 
respect of an unfair dismissal award, 
outplacement support and assistance 
with legal fees.

Apart from death, the Company may pay 
up to 12 months’ basic salary, benefits 
and pension, less any period of notice 
worked.
Payments may be phased and subject to 
offsetting against alternative income from 
elsewhere during the notice period.
The Company may pay in lieu of notice 
an amount equivalent to 12 months’ 
salary, pension and benefits.

For the proportion of the financial year 
worked, bonus may be payable pro-rata, 
subject to performance, at the discretion 
of the Committee.

Awards may be exercised within 12 
months of the vesting date.
Where employment ends before the 
vesting date, awards may be exercised 
at the normal vesting time (other than 
by exception) and only to the extent that 
the performance conditions have been 
satisfied.
The level of vested award will be 
reduced, pro-rata, based upon the period 
of time after the grant date and ending 
on the date of cessation of employment, 
relative to the three-year performance 
period unless the Committee, acting 
fairly and reasonably, decides that such 
a scaling back is inappropriate in any 
particular case.

The Company may pay for outplacement 
support and assistance with legal fees.

1.  For example, normal resignation from the Company or termination for cause (e.g. disciplinary issues). 
2.  This may cover a range of circumstances such as business reorganisation, changes in reporting structure, change in requirement for the role, termination as a result of a failure to be  

re-elected at an AGM, etc. 

3. Leaver for compassionate reasons such as death, injury, disability or retirement, with the agreement of the employer.

67

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceRemuneration Report continued

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy

The remuneration policy results in a significant portion of remuneration received by executive directors being dependent on 
the Group’s performance. 

The chart below illustrates how the total pay opportunities for the executive directors vary under three performance 
scenarios: minimum, target and maximum. The figures are indicative, as share price movement and dividend accrual have 
been excluded.

668

1,383

2,099

503

1,033

1,563

£000

2,500

2,000

0
0
0
£

1,500

1,000

500

0

38%

30%

29%

23%

38%

30%

28%

23%

100%

48%

32%

100%

49%

32%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Chief Executive

Group Finance Director

  Fixed pay

  Annual bonus

  Long-term share awards

Notes:

1.  Chart labels show proportion of total package comprised of each element, assuming each director was in post throughout the full financial year.

2. Assumptions:

•  Minimum – fixed pay only (salary + benefits + pension/pay in lieu of pension). Salary is based on actual for 2018/19, benefits are based on the value of actual benefits received in 2017/18 and

pension/pay in lieu of pension is based on policy of 20% of salary applied to the 2018/19 salary.

• Target – fixed pay plus 50% of maximum bonus payment plus PSP award of 150% of salary with 50% of the award vesting.

• Maximum – fixed pay plus 100% of maximum bonus payment plus PSP award of 150% of salary with 100% of the award vesting.

68

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Annual Report on Remuneration

Committee membership and activity

The Committee meets at least twice a year and details of the Committee members and their attendance are set out in the table 
on page 58. The operation of the Committee is conducted by reference to its terms of reference which have been prepared 
to comply with relevant statutory, regulatory and corporate governance requirements and best practice and are available at 
www.bellwaycorporate.com/corporateGovernance. 

None of the Committee members have a personal financial interest, other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided. 
There are no conflicts of interest arising from cross-directorships and no day-to-day involvement in running the business.

The Committee receives independent external advice from New Bridge Street (‘NBS’), part of Aon plc. NBS was appointed  
by the Committee and does not provide any other services to the Company other than to the Board Committee on  
Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration. NBS is also a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by its 
Code of Conduct. The Committee is satisfied that NBS is independent. The total fee paid to NBS for advice to the committees 
during the year was £50,696 (2017 – £45,101). The Committee also benefited from advice received from the Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary on issues other than those relating to his own remuneration. 

The remuneration of the non-executive directors (apart from the Chairman) is determined by the Board Committee on  
Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration, which comprises the executive directors. It also receives advice from the Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary and NBS. 

Implementation of remuneration policy in 2017/18

The auditor is required to report on the information contained in the following part of this report. 

Annual bonus for the year ended 31 July 2018

The annual bonus is payable in November 2018 for performance during the year ended 31 July 2018. The performance targets 
for the 2017/18 bonus comprised operating profit and two strategic targets. 

The actual bonus payment against operating profit was determined on the following basis:

Strategic objective

Operating profit
(pre-exceptional)

Weighting
(% of salary)

Threshold
(39% pays out)

Maximum value  
(100% pays out)

Actual

Payment 
(% of maximum)

Payment 
(% of salary)

90%

£615.0
million

£660.0
million

£652.9
million

90.40%

81.36%

The actual operating profit grew by 14.2% to £652.9 million, just below the maximum value forecast by the directors, 
shareholders and analysts at the start of the year. 

The basis for payment of the actual bonus against the two strategic measures are set out below:

Strategic measure

Objectives and performance against target

Land bank

Increase in the land bank of plots with detailed planning permission 
(‘DPP’) (available for completion in the following financial year) in the year 
to 31 July 2018 to ensure our growth aspirations are not frustrated by land 
shortages in future years. A payment of 10% of salary would be triggered for a 
predetermined percentage increase in plots with DPP, with an additional 1% 
payment for further improved performance, up to a maximum of 15% of salary.

Score

Maximum – 
15% of salary.

The land bank of plots with DPP (available for completion in the following 
financial year) grew by 8.2% during the year. This exceeded the minimum 
target and an award of 11% of salary was achieved.

Achieved in part – 
11% of salary awarded.

Customer care

No deterioration of previous year’s net assessment of customer satisfaction 
score as a minimum, with additional bonus opportunity for improvement in 
the Group’s customer satisfaction score. There is a minimum payment of 10% 
of salary for an NHBC score of 85.7% with an additional 1% payment for each 
0.5% improvement in score up to a maximum of 15% of salary.

Maximum – 
15% of salary.

The Group’s customer satisfaction score in 2018 was 86.0% compared with 
the base of 85.7%. This is a slight improvement on last year’s performance, 
resulting in a minimum payment.

Minimum achieved – 
10% of salary awarded.

Health and safety performance is taken into account by the Committee as part of its overall assessment of the bonus 
payment, and the Committee has discretion to reduce the overall bonus payment if it considers that health and safety 
standards have been unsatisfactory. The RIDDOR seven-day reportable incident rate per 100,000 site operatives reduced by 
5.2%, and although our NHBC Safety Score for the year deteriorated, it was still around two and a half times better than the 
industry average.

Overall, the Committee is satisfied that the resulting bonus payment of 102.36% of salary (out of 120%) is reflective of the 
Company’s record performance during the year. 

69

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceRemuneration Report continued

Long-term incentives vesting in respect of performance period ended 31 July 2018 

The PSP awards granted in 2015/16 were based on a three-year TSR performance for the period to 31 July 2018. The applicable 
vesting percentages will be as follows:

Metric

Performance condition

50% of awards

50% of awards

Total

Relative TSR against an index of peer 
housebuilders comprising Barratt 
Developments PLC, The Berkeley Group plc, 
Bovis Homes Group PLC, Crest Nicholson 
Holdings plc, Persimmon plc, Redrow plc and 
Taylor Wimpey plc (‘Index’): 25% of this part of 
an award vests at the Index, increasing, pro-
rata, to full vesting at Index +22.5% (+7.5% p.a.).

Relative TSR against the FTSE 250 (excluding 
financial services companies and investment 
trusts): 25% of this part of an award vests at 
median, increasing, pro-rata, to full vesting at 
the upper quartile.

Threshold 
target

26.41% TSR 
(Index)

Stretch
target

48.91%  
TSR (Index 
+22.5%)

Actual

% vesting

54.06% 
Bellway TSR

100.000%

83 rank 
(median)

41.75 rank 
(upper 
quartile)

42 Bellway 
rank

99.550%

99.775%

Regardless of TSR performance, no part of an award will vest unless the Committee is satisfied that there has been an 
improvement in the underlying financial performance of the Group over the performance period, taking into account, inter 
alia, operating profit, operating margin, RoCE and NAV. 

The Committee agreed that this underpin had been met and the following awards are expected to be exercisable on 
13 November 2018 for Ted Ayres and Keith Adey and on 21 January 2019 for Jason Honeyman. The award made to Jason 
Honeyman in 2016 was made in respect of his position as Southern Regional Chairman, before he joined the Board.

Ted Ayres

Keith Adey

Jason Honeyman

Notes:

Number of  
shares at grant

Guaranteed number 
 of shares to vest

Estimated value 

at vesting(1) 

30,496(2)

19,701

11,727

30,427

19,656

11,700

£000

963

622

370

1.  Based on a share price of £31.65, being the average share price for the last quarter of the financial year i.e. 1 May – 31 July 2018 as a proxy for the share price at vesting.

2. The award made to Ted Ayres has been pro-rated down from 33,727 to 30,496 on a time basis to 31 July 2018, the date on which he retired from the Board.

3.  Additional shares (not included above) will be awarded in lieu of dividends accrued from the date of the award to the date of vesting in respect of each director as follows: Ted Ayres 3,708 

shares and Keith Adey 2,395 shares. For Jason Honeyman’s award the additional shares in lieu of dividends accrued will be calculated following the ex-dividend date of the final dividend for 
the year ended 31 July 2018, which is after the date of publication of this report. Details of these additional shares will be included in next year’s annual report.

70

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Single figure of total remuneration 

Salary and 
fees 
£

Taxable 
benefits(5)
£

309,051 

206,000 

989 

861

Pension(6)

£

–

–

567,480

31,277 

131,126 

–

–

Annual 
bonus 
£

Sub-total 

£

Long-term
incentives(7)
£

Other 
items(8)
£

Total

£

102,360

412,400

206,861

–

–

–

–

412,400

206,861

729,883 

1,080,373

4,497 

1,814,753

637,000 

30,255 

127,420 

716,625

1,511,300 

1,956,531 

383,000 

31,525 

76,599  392,039

883,163

697,914

372,000 

30,467 

74,500 

418,500

895,467 

1,133,434 

351,083 

28,898 

70,217  359,369 

809,567

370,305

–

65,920

64,000

65,920

64,000

57,680 

56,000 

53,138 

–

28,841 

–

24,256

64,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

65,920

64,000

65,920

64,000

57,680 

56,000 

53,138 

–

28,841 

–

24,256

64,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 –

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,467,831

1,581,077

2,028,901

1,179,872

–

65,920

64,000

65,920

64,000

57,680

56,000

53,138

–

28,841

–

24,256

64,000

1,906,369

92,689

277,942

853,768 3,130,768

2,148,592

4,497

5,283,857

1,463,000

61,583

201,920

1,135,125

2,861,628

3,089,965

–

5,951,593

Chairman

John Watson(1)

Executive directors

Ted Ayres(2)

Keith Adey

Jason Honeyman(3)

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Non-executive directors

John Cuthbert

2018

2017
Paul Hampden Smith 2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Denise Jagger

Jill Caseberry(4)

Ian McHoul(4)

Mike Toms(4)

Totals

Notes:

1.   John Watson received an additional payment of £100,000 p.a. from 14 August 2017 to 31 July 2018 to reflect the executive responsibilities he undertook during Ted Ayres’ leave of absence. 

This payment was eligible for a bonus on the same basis as the bonus payable to the executive directors.

2.  Ted Ayres’ basic salary for 2017/18 was £656,000 and where reference is made in this report to his basic salary for 2017/18 this is the amount to which reference is being made. The figure 

shown in the table above is the actual amount paid during the financial year, reflecting a reduction in his take-home pay during his absence on sick leave.

3.  Jason Honeyman was appointed to the Board on 1 September 2017. His salary and bonus were set at the same level as Keith Adey’s but the amounts shown as paid reflects the fact that he 

joined the Board after the start of the financial year. 

4.  Jill Caseberry was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2017, Mike Toms retired from the Board on 13 December 2017 and Ian McHoul was appointed to the Board on 1 February 2018. 

Fees paid to these non-executive directors reflect their shorter period of service during the financial year.

5.  Taxable benefits include car allowance and health insurance.

6.  Pension includes both payments in lieu of pension of £257,991 and contributions to a defined contribution scheme of £19,951. None of the directors are members of the Group’s defined 

benefit scheme and all of the executive directors are members of a defined contribution scheme. 

7.   The value of long-term incentives in 2018 reflects the vesting of the 2015 PSP awards, which will be exercisable in 2018/19, including additional shares in lieu of dividends accrued from the 
date of grant to the date of vesting. The value shown is based on a share price of £31.65, being the average share price for the last quarter of the financial year i.e. 1 May – 31 July 2018 as a 
proxy for the share price at vesting. The 2017 figures for Ted Ayres and Keith Adey have been adjusted upwards by £346,450 and £200,047 respectively to reflect the actual share prices at the 
dates of vesting, which took place after the publication of last year’s report, and the additional shares in lieu of dividends accrued from the date of grant to the date of vesting of the 2014 SMP 
awards (2,024 and 1,153 shares respectively). The additional shares in lieu of dividends accrued for the 2014 PSP awards were already included in the figure shown in last year’s report.

8.  Other items refer to the discount on the awards, during the year stated, under the Group’s all-employee savings related share option scheme.

71

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Governance 
Remuneration Report continued

Directors’ share-based rewards and options

Details of all directors’ interests in the Company’s share-based reward schemes are shown below:

Ted Ayres(9)

Scheme

PSP(1)

PSP(2)

PSP(3)

PSP(4)

SMP(1)

2013 SRSOS(8)

2013 SRSOS(8)

Totals

Keith Adey

Scheme 

PSP(1)

PSP(2)

PSP(3)

PSP(4)

SMP(1)

2013 SRSOS(8)

2013 SRSOS(8)

Totals

Jason Honeyman

Scheme

DBP(5)

PSP(2), (5)

PSP(3), (5)

PSP(4)

2013 SRSOS(8)

Totals

Notes:

Awards/
options held 
at  
1 August 2017

Granted/
awarded 
during the 
year

Exercised 
during the 
year

Lapsed during 
the year

Awards/ 
options  
held at  
31 July 2018

Exercise price/
market price 
at date of 
award (p)

Date of grant/ 
award

Exercisable/ 
capable of 
vesting from

35,842

33,727

35,223

–

–

–

–

28,814

(35,842)

–

–

–

14,562

1,306

–

–

–

613

(14,562)

(1,306)

–

–

(3,231)

(14,990)

(21,900)

–

–

–

– 

1,674.0

10.11.2014

10.11.2017

30,496 

20,233 

2,382.0

13.11.2015

13.11.2018

2,351.0

09.11.2016

09.11.2019

6,914 

3,450.0

10.11.2017

10.11.2020

–

–

1,918.0

04.12.2014

04.12.2017

1,378.0

17.11.2014

01.02.2018

613 

2,934.4

05.12.2017

01.08.2019

120,660

29,427

(51,710)

(40,121)

58,256

Awards/
options held 
at  
1 August 2017

Granted/
awarded 
during the 
year

Exercised 
during the 
year

Lapsed during 
the year

Awards/ 
options  
held at  
31 July 2018

Exercise price/
market price 
at date of 
award (p)

Date of grant/ 
award

Exercisable/ 
capable of 
vesting from

20,908

19,701

20,569

–

–

–

–

16,822

(20,908)

–

–

–

(8,298)

–

–

–

–

–

16,822

(29,206)

8,298

1,099

439

71,014

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,674.0

10.11.2014

10.11.2017

19,701

20,569

16,822

2,382.0

13.11.2015

13.11.2018

2,351.0

09.11.2016

09.11.2019

3,450.0

10.11.2017

10.11.2020

–

1,918.0

04.12.2014

04.12.2017

1,099

439

58,630

1,378.0

17.11.2014

01.02.2020

2,048.8

16.11.2015

01.02.2019

Awards/
options held 
at  
1 August 2017

Granted/
awarded 
during the 
year

Exercised 
during the 
year

Lapsed during 
the year

Awards/ 
options  
held at  
31 July 2018

Exercise price/
market price 
at date of 
award (p)

Date of grant/ 
award

Exercisable/ 
capable of 
vesting from

6,719

11,727

13,143

–

–

–

–

16,822

1,306

32,895

–

16,822

(6,719)

–

–

–

(1,306)

(8,025)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,875.2

22.12.2014

22.12.2017

11,727

13,143

16,822

2,558.0

21.01.2016

21.01.2019

2,351.0

09.11.2016

09.11.2019

3,450.0

10.11.2017

10.11.2020

– 

1,378.0

17.11.2014

01.02.2018

41,692

1.   The performance period was 1 August 2014 – 31 July 2017. The TSR performance condition was in two parts. Half was measured by reference to an index of UK housebuilders comprising 
Barratt Developments PLC, The Berkeley Group plc, Bovis Homes Group PLC, Crest Nicholson Holdings plc, Persimmon plc, Redrow plc and Taylor Wimpey plc (‘Housebuilders’ Index’). 
If Bellway’s TSR matched that of the index, 25% of the awards would vest. Full vesting would be achieved for 7.5% per annum outperformance of the index (22.5% in total). The other half was 
measured by reference to the companies in the FTSE 250 Index (excluding financial services companies and investment trusts). Awards would start to vest at 25% if Bellway’s TSR matches the
median of the companies in the group, increasing on a straight-line basis so that full vesting would be achieved if Bellway’s TSR reached the upper quartile. Regardless of TSR performance, 
no part of an award will vest unless the Committee is satisfied that there has been an improvement in the underlying financial performance of the Company over the performance period, 
taking into account, inter alia, operating profit, operating margin, RoCE and NAV. Both parts of the performance conditions were met in full so 100% of these awards vested.

2.  Details of the vesting of these awards which will take place in the 2018/19 financial year is set out in full under the heading ‘Long-term incentives vesting in respect of performance period

ended 31 July 2018’ above. These awards are also subject to clawback provisions.

3.  The performance period is 1 August 2016 – 31 July 2019. The awards are subject to the same TSR performance condition set out in note 1 above, and these awards are also subject to

clawback provisions.

4.  On 10 November 2017, awards of performance shares under the PSP were made to the executive directors. The performance period is 1 August 2017 – 31 July 2020. The awards are subject to 
the same TSR performance condition set out in note 1, and these awards are also subject to clawback provisions. The awards were in the form of nil cost options. The face values on grant of 
these awards were £983,998, £574,471 and £574,471 to Ted Ayres, Keith Adey and Jason Honeyman respectively, equal to 150% of their respective salaries.

5.  These awards were made to Jason Honeyman during his employment as Southern Regional Chairman, before he joined the Board.

6.  All of the above options set out in notes 1–5 were granted for nil consideration.

72

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 20187.   The gross gain made by the executive directors on the exercise of their 2013 SRSOS awards in 2018 was £46,442 (2017 – nil). The value of long-term incentive plans for the executive directors 

which were exercised in the year and those which will become exercisable in 2018/19 are shown in the single figure of total remuneration table on page 71.

8.   Further details of the 2013 SRSOS are shown in the summary of outstanding share options in note 23 to the accounts.

9.   The awards made to Ted Ayres which were outstanding as at 31 July 2018 will be exercisable on the normal exercise dates. Awards have been time pro-rated for length of service from date 

of grant to 31 July 2018, and are subject to the performance conditions and performance periods set out above.

10.  The market price of the ordinary shares at 31 July 2018 was 2,917p and the closing range during the year was 2,857p to 3,792p.

Payments to past directors

No payments were made to past directors in the year.

Payments for loss of office

No payments were made for loss of office in the year. Payments will be made to Ted Ayres in the 2018/19 financial year in 
relation to his retirement from the Board on 31 July 2018. Full details of these payments will be set out in next year’s Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Statement of directors’ shareholdings and share interests 

The directors’ interests (including family interests) in the ordinary share capital of the Company at 31 July 2018 are set 
out below:

Director

John Watson

Ted Ayres

Jason Honeyman

Keith Adey

John Cuthbert

Paul Hampden Smith

Denise Jagger

Jill Caseberry

Ian McHoul

Notes:

Beneficially 
owned at
31 July 2018

% basic salary 
held by executive 
directors in 
shares(1)

Shareholding 
target of 200%
of basic salary 
met?

Beneficially 
owned at
31 July 2017

Outstanding 
and unvested 
PSP awards

Outstanding 
and unvested 
share options

Share options 
exercised in
the year

425,535

96,565

9,531

52,748

6,000

12,548

1,250

–

–

N/A

429

N/A

Yes

73

In progress

402

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Yes

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

425,535

65,402

N/A

35,450

6,000

12,548

1,250

N/A

N/A

N/A

57,643

41,692

57,092

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

613

–

1,538

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

51,710

8,205

29,206 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.   Executive directors are required to accumulate a minimum shareholding equivalent to 200% of basic salary. Jason Honeyman only joined the Board in September 2017 so has not yet had 

sufficient time to build the target shareholding from vesting share awards.

2.  There has been no change in any of the above interests between 31 July 2018 and the date of this report, except that Ted Ayres retired from the Board on 31 July 2018 and so his interests at 

the date of this report are no longer disclosable. 

73

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceRemuneration Report continued

The following section of this report is not required to be audited.

Implementation of remuneration policy in 2018/19

This section sets out how the Company will implement the remuneration policy for the 2018/19 financial year. Full details of 
how each element will operate are set out in the remuneration policy table earlier in this report.

Basic salaries

The Committee has awarded Keith Adey a salary increase in line with the increases given to the general workforce of around 
2.5% for 2018/19. Therefore from 1 August 2018, Keith’s salary was increased to £392,575 p.a.

On 1 August 2018 Jason Honeyman was promoted from Chief Operating Officer to Chief Executive and his basic salary was 
increased to reflect his increased level of responsibilities. In line with the current policy on salaries for new executive directors, 
the Committee considers that a phased approach to the new Chief Executive’s salary is appropriate to allow him time to gain 
experience and develop into the role, and therefore his salary has initially been set significantly below market levels (and the 
salary of the departing Chief Executive) at £530,000 in his first year. The Committee intends to increase this to £689,000 from 
1 August 2019, subject to his satisfactory personal performance and proving himself in the role over the next year, to reflect 
an appropriate salary for the level of responsibility and scope of the full role and bring it in line with the salary that would 
have been payable to Ted Ayres from that date if he had remained as Chief Executive. As a secondary reference point, the 
Committee has conducted a benchmarking exercise and is comfortable that the proposed salary for 2019/20 is appropriate for 
the role and not excessive. 

Thereafter it is expected that the Chief Executive will be awarded salary increases consistent with the average salary increase 
to the general workforce.

Annual bonus

For the 2018/19 financial year, the bonus opportunity will continue to be limited to 120% of basic salary. The performance 
conditions relate to a stretching target of pre-exceptional operating profit (with a maximum payment of 90% of basic salary 
achievable) and the following strategic performance measures which provide a maximum bonus opportunity of 30% of 
basic salary. 

Strategic measure

Objectives

Land bank

Customer care

Increase in the land bank of plots with DPP (available for completion in the following 
financial year) in the year to 31 July 2019 to ensure our growth aspirations are not 
frustrated by land shortages in future years. A payment of 10% of salary would be 
triggered for a predetermined percentage increase in plots with DPP, with an additional 
1% payment for further improved performance, up to a maximum of 15% of salary.

7.5% of salary for achieving 5 star home builder status (as measured by the HBF).

This will be in two parts:
•
• No deterioration of the previous year’s customer satisfaction score would result in
a minimum payment of 4.5% of salary, with an additional bonus opportunity of 1%
of salary for each additional 0.5% improvement in the score up to a maximum of
7.5% of salary.

The customer satisfaction score element is assessed using the average of six key 
indicators, as measured by the NHBC. This measure is used as it reflects the metrics by 
which the performance of each division is managed by the executives.

Score

Maximum –
15% of salary.

Maximum –
15% of salary.

In the event that the threshold profit criterion is not met, no bonus will be payable under the strategic targets. Health and safety 
performance will be taken into account as part of the Committee’s overall assessment of the bonus payment. 

The Committee would have discretion if, for example, health and safety standards have been unsatisfactory, or there has 
been a major safety failure, to reduce the overall bonus payment and could, in exceptional cases, reduce the overall bonus 
payment to nil. This includes a possible reduction to the 2018/19 bonus in relation to the outcome of any health and safety 
investigation which has concluded in respect of the prior year. Maintaining a strong health and safety record remains a critical 
objective and the new bonus structure provides for health and safety to have greater influence on annual bonus outcomes.

The actual annual bonus performance targets are considered to be commercially sensitive at this time, and the 
Committee will disclose these retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, provided they are no longer 
commercially sensitive.

Long-term incentives

The Company anticipates making a grant under the PSP in October 2018 with a face value equivalent to 150% of salary to the 
executive directors. Awards will vest to executives after three years, subject to the achievement of performance conditions 
based around TSR, which measures the total return on a notional investment in Bellway shares, compared to the return on 
the same notional investment in shares in a group of other companies or an index. This award will be subject to a relative TSR 
condition with 50% of awards measured against a group of housebuilders and the other 50% against the constituents of the 
FTSE 250 (excluding financial services companies and investment trusts). This is shown overleaf:

74

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Metric

Performance condition

50% of awards

50% of awards

Relative TSR against an index of peer housebuilders comprising Barratt 
Developments PLC, The Berkeley Group plc, Bovis Homes Group PLC, 
Crest Nicholson Holdings plc, Persimmon plc, Redrow plc and Taylor 
Wimpey plc (‘Index’): 25% of this part of an award vests at the Index, 
increasing, pro-rata, to full vesting at Index +7.5% p.a.

Relative TSR against the FTSE 250 (excluding financial services 
companies and investment trusts): 25% of this part of an award vests 
at median, increasing, pro-rata, to full vesting at the upper quartile.

Threshold target 

Stretch target

TSR (Index)

TSR (Index 
+7.5% p.a.)

Median Upper quartile

Chairman and non-executive director fees from 1 August 2018

Non-executive Chairman fee

Non-executive director fee

Senior independent non-executive director, Audit and  
Remuneration Committee Chair fees

Fee from  
1 August 2017
£

212,000

57,680

8,240 

% increase 

Fee from  
1 August 2018 
£

2.5

0.9

21.4

217,000

58,200

10,000

The average fee increase for the non-executive directors is 2.5%, which is consistent with the average salary increase to the 
general workforce. In respect of the senior independent non-executive director and those non-executive directors who chair  
a committee a differential has been applied to reflect the time commitment and responsibility required by the roles and to 
bring each component broadly in line with the median of the upper half of the FTSE 250.

The Company’s Articles of Association specify an annual limit on non-executive director fees of £500,000. This excludes the 
fees for the Chairman and additional fees payable to the senior independent non-executive director and to Committee Chairs. 
Shareholder approval is required to amend this limit.

Performance graph and table 

The graph below shows the TSR performance over the past nine years of the Company, the FTSE 250 Index and the bespoke 
Housebuilders’ Index (as defined in note 1 on page 72). The FTSE 250 Index has been selected as the most appropriate 
‘broad equity market index’ as the Company has been a constituent of the FTSE 250 Index over this period. The bespoke 
Housebuilders’ Index has been selected as this index is used for the Company’s long-term incentive plans.

Total shareholder return
Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(
£
n
r
u
e
r

t

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

532

524

307

521

505

333

450

372

259

361

334

261

246

208

202

263

227

222

128

80

78

152

100

92

151

118

115

31 July 2009

31 July 2010

31 July 2011

31 July 2012

31 July 2013

31 July 2014

31 July 2015

31 July 2016

31 July 2017

31 July 2018

Bellway

Housebuilders’ Index

FTSE 250 Index

This graph shows the value, by 31 July 2018, of £100 invested in Bellway on 31 July 2009 compared with the value of £100 
invested in the FTSE 250 Index and £100 invested equally in each of the housebuilders currently contained in the FTSE 350 
Index (excluding Bellway). The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year ends.

75

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Governance 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report continued

Chief Executive total remuneration

The table below sets out the total remuneration for the Chief Executive over the same nine-year period as for the chart above, 
together with the percentage of annual bonus paid and the vesting of long-term incentives as a percentage of the maximum 
(relating to the performance periods ending in that year).

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018(3)

Total remuneration 
(£000)

Annual bonus paid
(as % of maximum)

PSP vesting
(as a % of maximum)

Notes:

1,532

1,899

1,396

1,243(1)

1,450

1,960

2,785

3,468(2)

1,815

76.9%

100.0%

99.3%

100.0%

91.6%

88.8%

95.8%

93.8%

0.0%

48.3%

99.6%

0.0%

0.0%

50.0%

50.0%

100.0%

100.0%

99.8%

1.   John Watson held the role of Chief Executive up until 31 January 2013 and Ted Ayres was Chief Executive for the remainder of the financial year from 1 February 2013 to 31 July 2013. The total

remuneration for the period as Chief Executive was £714,053 for John Watson and £528,500 for Ted Ayres.

2.  Restated as per note 7 to the table on page 71.

3.  The Chief Executive was absent during the 2017/18 financial year due to ill health and so the figures shown are lower than would normally be expected if he had been at work during

the year.

Percentage change in remuneration of the Chief Executive 

The table below shows the percentage change over the financial year in respect of the Chief Executive’s base salary, benefits 
and annual bonus compared to the average increase across all employees.

Salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

Chief Executive

All other employees

Chief Executive

All other employees

Chief Executive

All other employees

% change

+3

+3

+3

+1

-100

+4

Importance of remuneration relative to dividends and section 106 and CIL payments

The table below shows the relative expenditure of the Group in respect of employee remuneration, dividends and section 106 
and CIL payments, together with the percentage change in each, for the financial years ended 31 July 2017 and 31 July 2018. 
The directors have chosen dividends and section 106 and CIL payments as comparators to employee costs as they consider 
that these demonstrate the relative importance of the remuneration of its employees to the returns the Group generates to 
shareholders and the contribution it makes to developing communities through section 106 and CIL payments.

Employee costs(1)

Dividends(2)

Section 106 and CIL payments(3)

Notes:

2018 
£000

148,768

175,809

79,023

2017 
£000

130,891

149,575

118,176

% change

+14

+18

-33

1.  Employee costs are calculated as wages and salaries, bonus and taxable benefits (including the directors).

2. The dividend figures shown are the interim and final dividends paid or payable for the relevant financial year less forfeited dividends (see note 6).

3. The section 106 and CIL payments figures are calculated from invoices received for these payments.

Dilution limits/shares held in Trust to satisfy awards

The Bellway Employee Share Trust (1992) (the ‘Trust’) holds market-purchased shares to satisfy awards made under some 
of the Company’s executive and employee share schemes. At 31 July 2018 the Trust held 65,540 shares. It is the Company’s 
current intention to use new issue shares to satisfy awards made under the PSP. Awards made under the deferred bonus 
plans (to which the executive directors are not eligible) must be satisfied using market-purchased shares. The SRSOS uses 
new issued shares. The Company’s share plans comply with the IA guidance on dilution limits and the position as at 31 July 
2018 was:

Limit of 5% in any ten years under all executive share plans

Limit of 10% in any ten years under all share plans 

Actual 0.16%

Actual 1.24%

76

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Statement of voting at AGMs 

The votes cast by proxy at AGMs in relation to resolutions regarding directors’ remuneration are set out in the table below: 

For

Against

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
(binding vote at AGM 
on 13 December 2017)

Report of the Board on 
Directors’ Remuneration 
(advisory vote at AGM 
on 13 December 2017)

Number  
of votes

% of  
votes cast

Number  
of votes

% of  
votes cast

84,362,645

2,206,550

97.451

84,225,240

2.549

1,551,554

98.191

1.809

Total votes cast (excluding votes withheld)

86,569,195

100.000

85,776,794

100.000

Votes withheld

578,001

1,370,402

This report will be put to an advisory vote of the Company’s shareholders at the AGM on 12 December 2018.

On behalf of the Board

Jill Caseberry
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

15 October 2018

77

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceDirectors’ Report

  The directors have proposed a final ordinary dividend 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 of 95.0p per share. 

Simon Scougall
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary 

The directors of Bellway p.l.c. present their report in accordance with section 415 of the Companies Act 2006. 

Bellway p.l.c. is the holding company of the Bellway Group of companies and is a UK publicly listed company whose shares 
are traded on the London Stock Exchange. The main trading company is Bellway Homes Limited and this and all other 
subsidiaries and joint arrangements of the Group are listed in note 25 to the accounts.

The following table sets out where information can be found which is required to be reported on in the Directors’ Report, but 
has been included elsewhere in the Annual Report and Accounts and is simply cross-referenced here to avoid repetition.

Topic

Directors

Page number

42 – 43 

Appointment and replacement of directors

48 and in the Articles

Directors’ interests

Future developments

Group undertakings

Environmental issues

Greenhouse gas emissions

Whistleblowing

Financial risk management

Going concern

Results and dividends

73 

31 of the Strategic Report

112

34 – 41 of the Strategic Report

37 of the Strategic Report

57 

27 of the Strategic Report

27 of the Strategic Report

The profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent company amounts to £519.9 million (2017 – £454.1 million).

The directors have proposed a final ordinary dividend for the year ended 31 July 2018 of 95.0p per share (2017 – 84.5p). This has 
not been included within creditors as it was not approved by shareholders before the end of the financial year. The directors 
recommend payment of the final dividend on Wednesday 9 January 2019 to shareholders on the Register of Members at the 
close of business on Friday 30 November 2018.

Dividends paid during the year comprise a final dividend of 84.5p per share in respect of the year ended 31 July 2017, together 
with an interim dividend in respect of the year ended 31 July 2018 of 48.0p per share.

Directors’ indemnities and Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance 

The Company carries appropriate insurance cover in respect of possible legal action being taken against its directors, officers 
and senior employees. The Articles provide the directors and officers with further protection against liability to third parties, 
subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006. Such qualifying third party indemnity provision remains in force 
as at the date of this report.

78

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Major interests in shares

As at 31 July 2018 and as at the date of this report, the Company had been notified under DTR 5 of the following interests, 
amounting to 3% or more of the voting rights in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

BlackRock, Inc.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Ltd

Polaris Capital Management, LLC

Post balance sheet events

There were no post balance sheet events.

As at 31 July 2018

As at 15 October 2018

Number of 
shares with 
voting rights

9,482,382

6,143,561

6,139,034

3,890,282

3,729,913

% total  
voting 
 rights

7.7 1

5.00

4.99

3.17

3.03

Number of 
shares with 
voting rights

9,482,382

6,143,561

6,139,034

3,890,282

3,729,913

% total  
voting 
 rights

7.71

5.00

4.99

3.17

3.03

Information on those third parties with which the Company has contracts or arrangements essential to  
its business

The Company is party to a number of banking agreements with major clearing banks. The withdrawal of such facilities could 
have a material effect on the financing of the business. There are no other arrangements that the Group considers to be critical 
to the performance of the business.

Takeovers Directive and change of control 

The Company is party to a number of banking agreements that may be terminable in the event of a change of control of the 
Company. On a change of control any outstanding options and awards granted under the Group’s share schemes would 
become exercisable, subject to any performance conditions being met.

Share capital

The Company’s total issued share capital, as at 31 July 2018, consisted of 122,980,266 ordinary shares of 12.5p each. 
Further details of the issued capital of the Company can be found in note 17 to the accounts. The rights and obligations 
attaching to the ordinary shares in the Company are set out in the Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’). Copies of the 
Articles can be obtained from Companies House or by writing to the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary at the 
Company’s registered office.

Restrictions on the transfer of shares 

The restrictions on the transfer of shares are set out in the Articles. In compliance with the Company’s Share Dealing Code, 
Company approval is required for directors, certain employees and those persons closely associated with them to deal in the 
Company’s ordinary shares. No person has special rights of control over the Company’s share capital.

Rights in relation to the shares held in the employee benefit trust

The voting rights on shares held in the Bellway Employee Share Trust (1992) in relation to the Company’s employee share 
schemes are exercisable by the trustees.

Restrictions on voting rights

Details of the deadlines for exercising voting rights are set out in the Articles. The directors are not aware of any agreements 
between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

Amendments to the Articles

The Company may amend its Articles by passing a special resolution at a general meeting of its shareholders.

Powers of the Board

The business and affairs of the Company are managed by the directors, who may exercise all such powers of the Company 
as are, not by law or by the Articles, required to be exercised by the Company in general meetings. Subject to the provisions 
of the Articles, all powers of the directors are exercised at meetings of the directors which have been validly convened and at 
which a quorum is present.

79

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceDirectors’ Report continued

Allotment of shares

During the year, 182,308 new ordinary shares were issued to satisfy awards made under the Company’s employee share 
schemes. The directors have authority to allot shares within limits agreed by shareholders. Details of the renewal of this 
authority, including the resolutions which seek to renew this authority, are set out in the Notice of Meeting of the AGM, to be 
held on Wednesday 12 December 2018.

Purchase of the Company’s own shares

The Company was given authority at the AGM on 13 December 2017 to purchase its own ordinary shares. As at the date of this 
report, no market purchases have been made by the Company. This authority will expire at the end of the forthcoming AGM. 
Details of the renewal of this authority including the resolution which seeks to renew this authority for a further year are set out 
in the Notice of Meeting of the AGM.

Listing Rules

There are no disclosures required by LR9.8.4 that apply to the Company.

Accountability and audit

The Going Concern Statement, Long-Term Viability Statement and the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements are shown on pages 27, 27 and 81 respectively.

The Audit Committee, whose role is detailed on pages 52 to 57, has meetings at least twice a year with the Company’s auditor, 
KPMG LLP.

People

The important role that our people perform is described throughout the Strategic Report. The following disclosures provide 
additional information on how we treat our people and how we engage with them. 

We are an equal opportunities employer. It is our policy to develop and apply, throughout the Group, procedures and 
practices which are designed to ensure that equal opportunities are provided to all of our employees, or those who seek 
employment with the Group, irrespective of their age, colour, disability, ethnic origin, gender, marital status, nationality, parental 
status, race, religion, belief or sexual orientation. 

All employees, whether part-time, full-time or temporary, are treated fairly and equally. Selection for employment, promotion, 
training or other matters affecting their employment is on the basis of aptitude and ability. All employees are supported and 
encouraged to develop to their full potential and the talents and resources of the workforce are fully utilised to maximise the 
efficiency of the organisation. Training at each division is planned and monitored through an annual training plan. 

It is our policy to give full and fair consideration to the employment needs of disabled persons (and persons who become 
disabled whilst employed by the Group) and to comply with any current legislation with regard to disabled persons.

The importance of good communications with employees is recognised by the directors and senior management team. 
A newsletter is issued to all of our employees on a regular basis and each division maintains good employee relations using a 
variety of means appropriate to its own particular needs, with guidance when necessary from Head Office. 

All new employees, when eligible, are automatically entered into the Group’s pension arrangements. In addition, we operate 
a savings related share option scheme and have discretionary bonus arrangements in place. We also provide life assurance 
cover to all of our employees, offer a private medical scheme (depending on seniority) and offer childcare vouchers. 

Health and safety at work

We promote all aspects of health and safety throughout our operations in the interests of employees, sub-contractors, 
suppliers, customers and visitors to our sites and premises. Health and safety issues are considered at each Board meeting and 
are addressed in the Strategic Report and on our website at www.bellway.co.uk/corporate-responsibility. The Board receives 
external advice and training from specialist advisers on both the directors’ and the Company’s regulatory obligations.

Auditor 

In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the appointment of KPMG LLP as auditor of the 
Company is to be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. 

AGM – special business

Five resolutions will be proposed as special business at the AGM to be held on Wednesday 12 December 2018. 
Explanatory notes on these resolutions are set out in the Notice of Meeting of the AGM.

80

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Disclosure of all relevant information to the auditor

The directors who held office at the date of this report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and that each director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to 
have taken as a director to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of 
section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and applicable law and have elected to 
prepare the parent company financial statements on the same basis. 

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of 
the Group and parent company financial statements, the directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently. 

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable. 

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU. 

•  assess the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 

going concern.

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to 

cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company 
and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such 
internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to 
them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations. 

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of the Annual Report and Accounts 

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole. 

•  the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the 

issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face. 

We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy. 

By order of the Board

Simon Scougall
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

15 October 2018

81

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceWe were appointed as auditor of the company before 1979. 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for more 
than the 40 financial years ended 31 July 2018. We have 
fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and we remain 
independent of the Group in accordance with, UK ethical 
requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed public interest entities. No non-audit services 
prohibited by that standard were provided.

Overview

Materiality: group 
financial statements as a 
whole

£31 million (2017 – £26 million)
4.8% (2017 – 4.6%) of Group 
profit before tax

Coverage

Risks of material 
misstatement 

Recurring risks

100% (2017 – 99%) of Group 
profit before tax

vs 2017

Gross profit recognition on 
current sites and carrying 
amount of land held for 
development and work in 
progress

Valuation of investments in 
subsidiaries

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members 
of Bellway p.l.c.
1. Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Bellway p.l.c. 
(‘the Company’) for the year ended 31 July 2018 which 
comprise the Group Income Statement, Group and 
Company Statements of Comprehensive Income, Statements 
of Changes in Equity, Balance Sheets, Cash Flow Statements 
and the related notes, including the accounting policies.

In our opinion: 
• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the

state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs
as at 31 July 2018 and of the Group’s profit for the year
then ended;

• the Group financial statements have been properly
prepared in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union
(IFRSs as adopted by the EU);

• the parent Company financial statements have been

properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by
the EU and as applied in accordance with the provisions of
the Companies Act 2006; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in

accordance with the requirements of the Companies
Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements,
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities are described below. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient 
and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is 
consistent with our report to the Audit Committee. 

82

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 20182.  Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. We summarise below the key audit matters (unchanged from 2017), in 
decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our key audit procedures to 
address those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those procedures. These matters were 
addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit of 
the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that opinion, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Accounts

The risk

Our response

Group: Carrying 
amount of land held for 
development and work 
in progress
£3,224 million (2017 – 
£2,934 million).
Cost of sales
£2,204 million (2017 – 
£1,897 million).
Refer to page 55 (Audit 
Committee Report), pages 
93 and 96 (accounting 
policies) and note 12 
on page 102 (financial 
disclosures).

Subjective estimate:
The gross profit margin 
recognised on sites under 
development and the 
carrying value of land held 
for development and work 
in progress are subjective 
as they are reliant on the 
Group’s estimate of future 
selling prices and associated 
build costs, both of which are 
uncertain and can vary with 
market conditions.

Company: Recoverability 
of parent company’s 
investment in 
subsidiaries 
£40 million (2017 – £37 
million)
Refer to page 55 (Audit 
Committee Report), page 
93 (accounting policies) 
and note 10 on page 101 
(financial disclosures).

Low risk, high value:
The carrying amount of the 
parent company’s investments 
in subsidiaries represents 
6% (2017 – 6%) of the 
Company’s total assets. Their 
recoverability is not at a high 
risk of significant misstatement 
or subject to significant 
judgement. However, due to 
their materiality in the context 
of the parent company 
financial statements, this is 
considered to be the area that 
had the greatest effect on our 
overall parent company audit.

Our procedures included: 
•  Control design: Evaluating the Group’s process upon 

which the site gross profit margin is based. This includes 
assessing the frequency of site valuations and assessing the 
process for authorising and recording incurred costs in the 
site valuations.

•  Control observation: Attending a selection of site valuation 
meetings to assess whether divisional senior management 
sufficiently challenge the latest site valuations.

•  Test of details: For all sites with unit sales during the year, 
comparing the gross profit margin recognised to the latest 
site valuation and determining whether variances are 
supported by changes in site valuations and post year 
end sales. 

•  Test of details: For a sample of undeveloped land sites, 
corroborating explanations received from divisional 
management as to their status by assessing underlying 
planning and legal documents and quantity surveyor 
assessments where applicable. 

•  Test of details: For a sample of sites, assessing the accuracy 
of inputs in to the valuations such as sales price forecasts to 
actual selling prices after the year end and cost forecasts to 
latest assessments.

•  Historical comparisons: Comparing budgeted and latest site 
valuations to assess the Group’s ability to accurately forecast.

•  Assessing transparency: Assessing the adequacy of the 

Group’s disclosures about the degree of estimation involved 
in calculating the gross margin and carrying value of land 
and work in progress.

Our results 
•  We found the carrying value of land and work in progress to 

be acceptable (2017 – acceptable).

•  We found the level of cost of sales recognised to be 

acceptable (2017 – acceptable).

Our procedures included: 
•  Test of details: Comparing the carrying amount of 100% 

of investments with the relevant subsidiaries’ draft balance 
sheets to identify whether their net assets, being an 
approximation of their minimum recoverable amount, were 
in excess of their carrying amount and assessing whether 
those subsidiaries have historically been profit-making.

•  Assessing subsidiary audits: Assessing the work performed 

by the subsidiary audit teams on all of those subsidiaries and 
considering the results of that work, on those subsidiaries’ 
profits and net assets.

Our results 
•  We found the Company’s assessment of the recoverability 
of the investment in subsidiaries to be acceptable (2017 – 
acceptable).

83

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceIndependent Auditor’s Report to the members of Bellway p.l.c. 
continued

3.  Our application of materiality and an overview

of the scope of our audit

Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole 
was set at £31 million (2017 – £26 million), determined with 
reference to a benchmark of Group profit before tax (of 
which it represents 4.8% (2017 – 4.6%)). 

Materiality for the parent Company financial statements 
as a whole was set at £10.6 million (2017 – £9.7 million), 
determined with reference to a benchmark of Company total 
assets, of which it represents 1.7% (2017 – 1.5%). 

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected 
or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding 
£1.55 million, in addition to other identified misstatements that 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

Of the Group’s nine (2017 – nine) reporting components, 
we subjected nine (2017 – nine) to full scope audits for 
Group purposes. 

The components within the scope of our work accounted 
for the percentages illustrated opposite. 

For the three residual components, we performed analysis 
at an aggregated Group level to re-examine our assessment 
that there were no significant risks of material misstatement 
within these. 

The Group team approved the component materialities, 
which ranged from £0.001 million to £26.4 million (2017 – 
£0.002 million to £22.1 million), having regard to the mix of 
size and risk profile of the Group across the components. 
The work on all components (2017 – all components), 
including the audit of the parent Company, was performed 
by the Group team. 

Profit before tax
£641 million 
(2017 – £561 million)

Profit before tax
Group materiality

Group Materiality
£31 million (2017 – £26 million)

£31 million
Whole financial 
statements materiality
(2017 – £26 million)

£26.4 million
Range of materiality at 
nine components 
£0.001 million – £26.4 million
(2017 – £0.002 million 
to £22.1 million)

£1.55 million
Misstatements reported 
to the audit committee 
(2017 – £1.3 million)

Group revenue

Group profit before tax

1

100%

(2017 - 99%)

99

100

100%

(2017 - 100%)

100

100

Group total assets 

1

1

99%

(2017 - 99%)

99

99

Full scope for Group audit purposes 2018

Residual Components 2018

Full scope for Group audit purposes 2017

Residual Components 2017

84

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 20184. We have nothing to report on going concern 

We are required to report to you if:

•  we have anything material to add or draw attention to 
in relation to the directors’ statement on page 81 to the 
financial statements on the use of the going concern basis 
of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use of 
that basis for a period of at least twelve months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements; or 

•  the related statement under the Listing Rules set 
out on page 27 is materially inconsistent with our 
audit knowledge. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

5.  We have nothing to report on the other 

information in the Annual Report 

The directors are responsible for the other information 
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial 
statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does 
not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial 
statements audit work, the information therein is materially 
misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
audit knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not 
identified material misstatements in the other information.

Strategic report and directors’ report 
Based solely on our work on the other information: 

•  we have not identified material misstatements in the 

strategic report and the directors’ report; 

•  in our opinion the information given in those reports 
for the financial year is consistent with the financial 
statements; and 

•  in our opinion those reports have been prepared in 

accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ remuneration report 
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. 

Disclosures of principal risks and longer term viability 
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial 
statements audit, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:

•  the directors’ confirmation within the Long-Term Viability 

Statement on page 27 that they have carried out a 
robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, 
including those that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency and liquidity;

•  the Risk Management disclosures describing these 

risks and explaining how they are being managed and 
mitigated; and 

•  the directors’ explanation in the Long-Term Viability 

Statement of how they have assessed the prospects of 
the Group, over what period they have done so and 
why they considered that period to be appropriate, and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the 
Long-Term Viability Statement. We have nothing to report in 
this respect. 

Corporate governance disclosures 
We are required to report to you if: 

•  we have identified material inconsistencies between the 
knowledge we acquired during our financial statements 
audit and the directors’ statement that they consider that 
the annual report and financial statements taken as a 
whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy; or 

•  the section of the annual report describing the work of the 
Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit Committee; or 

•  a corporate governance statement has not been prepared 

by the company.

We are required to report to you if the Corporate 
Governance Statement does not properly disclose a 
departure from the eleven provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for 
our review. 

We have nothing to report in these respects.

Based solely on our work on the other information 
described above: 

•  with respect to the Corporate Governance Statement 

disclosures about internal control and risk management 
systems in relation to financial reporting processes and 
about share capital structures:

  –  we have not identified material misstatements therein; 

and 

  –  the information therein is consistent with the financial 

statements; and 

•  in our opinion, the Corporate Governance Statement 

has been prepared in accordance with relevant rules of 
the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the 
Financial Conduct Authority.

85

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018GovernanceIndependent Auditor’s Report to the members of Bellway p.l.c. 
continued

6.  We have nothing to report on the other matters
on which we are required to report by exception

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion: 

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the
parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

• the parent Company financial statements and the part of
the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not
in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by

law are not made; or

• we have not received all the information and explanations

we require for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

7. Respective responsibilities

Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 
81, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the 
financial statements including being satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend 
to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or other 
irregularities (see below), or error, and to issue our opinion in 
an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted 
in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud, other irregularities or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken 
on the basis of the financial statements. 

Irregularities – ability to detect
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the 
financial statements from our sector experience, through 
discussion with the directors and other management (as 
required by auditing standards), and from inspection of the 
Group’s regulatory and legal correspondence. 

We had regard to laws and regulations in areas that directly 
affect the financial statements including financial reporting 
(including related company legislation) and taxation 
legislation. We considered the extent of compliance with 
those laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the 
related financial statement items.  

In addition we considered the impact of laws and regulations 
in the specific areas of health and safety, anti-bribery, 
employment law and certain aspects of company legislation 
recognising the nature of the Group’s activities. With the 
exception of any known or possible non-compliance, 
and as required by auditing standards, our work in 
respect of these was limited to enquiry of the directors 
and other management and inspection of regulatory and 
legal correspondence.  

We communicated identified laws and regulations 
throughout our team and remained alert to any indications 
of non-compliance throughout the audit.  

As with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-
detection of irregularities, as these may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal controls.  

8.  The purpose of our audit work and to whom we

owe our responsibilities

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s 
members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

Nick Plumb (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 

Chartered Accountants

Quayside House, 110 Quayside, Newcastle Upon Tyne, 
NE1 3DX

15 October 2018

86

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Group Income Statement
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance expenses

Share of result of joint ventures

Profit before taxation 

Income tax expense

Profit for the year*

* All attributable to equity holders of the parent. 

Earnings per ordinary share – Basic

Earnings per ordinary share – Diluted

Note

2018 
£000

2017 
£000

1

2,957,664 

2,558,561

(2,204,216)

(1,896,977)

753,448  

(100,577)

652,871

649

(14,261)

1,798

641,057

(121,152)

519,905

661,584

(90,029)

571,555

1,248

(12,492)

412

560,723

(106,666)

454,057

423.4p

421.6p

370.6p

369.0p

4

2

2

10

5

7

7

Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be recycled to the income statement:

Remeasurement gains on defined benefit pension plans

Income tax on other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of 
income tax

Total comprehensive income for the period*

* All attributable to equity holders of the parent.

Note

Group 
2018 
£000

Group 
2017 
£000

519,905

454,057

Company 
2018 
£000

160,000

Company 
2017 
£000

135,000

23

5

5,001

(850)

4,151

524,056

3,846

(730)

3,116

457,173

–

–

–

–

–

–

160,000

135,000

87

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Statements of Changes in Equity
at 31 July 2018

Group
Balance at 1 August 2016

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income*

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Transactions with 
shareholders recorded 
directly in equity:

Dividends on equity shares

Shares issued

Credit in relation to share 
options and tax thereon

Total contributions by and 
distributions to shareholders

6

17

5, 23

Issued 
capital 

Share 
premium 

Note

£000 

£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000

Other 
reserves 

Retained 
earnings 

Total 

£000

£000

£000

Non-
controlling 
interest 
£000

Total  
equity 

£000

15,335

170,146

20,000

1,492

1,660,109

1,867,082

(66)

1,867,016

–

–

–

–

14

–

14

–

–

–

–

1,094

–

1,094

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

454,057

454,057

3,116

3,116

457,173

457,173

(136,556)

(136,556)

–

1,108

2,599

2,599

(133,957)

(132,849)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

454,057

3,116

457,173

(136,556)

1,108

2,599

(132,849)

Balance at 31 July 2017

15,349

171,240

20,000

1,492

1,983,325

2,191,406

(66) 2,191,340

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income*

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Transactions with 
shareholders recorded 
directly in equity:

Dividends on equity shares

Shares issued

6

17

Credit in relation to share 
options and tax thereon

5, 23 

Transactions with  
non-controlling interest

Total contributions by and 
distributions to shareholders

–

–

–

–

23

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,412

–

–

23

2,412

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

519,905

519,905

4,151

4,151

524,056

524,056

(162,647)

(162,647)

–

2,435

1,850

1,850

–

–

–

–

–

–

519,905

4,151

524,056

(162,647)

2,435

1,850

–

–

66

66

(160,797)

(158,362)

66

(158,296)

Balance at 31 July 2018

15,372

173,652

20,000

1,492 2,346,584 2,557,100

– 2,557,100

* An additional breakdown is provided in the Statements of Comprehensive Income.

88

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Company

Balance at 1 August 2016

Total comprehensive income for the period

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income*

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with shareholders recorded 
directly in equity:

Dividends on equity shares

Shares issued

Credit in relation to share options

Total contributions by and distributions to 
shareholders

Issued 
capital 

Share 
premium 

Note

£000 

£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000

15,335

170,146

20,000

Other 
reserves 

Retained 
earnings 

Total  
equity 

£000

2,145

£000

£000

422,821

630,447

–

–

–

–

14

–

14

–

–

–

–

1,094

–

1,094

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

135,000

135,000

–

–

135,000

135,000

(136,556)

(136,556)

–

2,066

1,108

2,066

(134,490)

(133,382)

6

17

23

Balance at 31 July 2017

15,349

171,240

20,000

2,145

423,331

632,065

Total comprehensive income for the period

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income*

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with shareholders recorded 
directly in equity:

Dividends on equity shares

Shares issued

Credit in relation to share options

Total contributions by and distributions 
to shareholders

–

–

–

–

23

–

23

–

–

–

–

2,412

–

2,412

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

160,000

160,000

–

–

160,000

160,000

(162,647)

(162,647)

–

2,459

2,435

2,459

(160,188)

(157,753)

6

17

23

Balance at 31 July 2018

15,372

173,652

20,000

2,145

423,143

634,312

* An additional breakdown is provided in the Statements of Comprehensive Income.

89

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheets
at 31 July 2018

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

Investments in joint arrangements and subsidiaries

Deferred tax assets

Retirement benefit assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Corporation tax payable

Trade and other payables

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Issued capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Note

Group 
2018 
£000

Group 
2017 
£000

Company 
2018 
£000

Company 
2017 
£000

8

9

10

11

23

12

13

20

23

15

11

14

15

17

18

13,095

–

43,463

1,121

1,298

58,977

11,255

– 

34,345

2,432

–

–

–

–

–

39,744

37,285

–

–

–

–

48,032

39,744

37,285

3,271,611

2,968,184

114,915

98,993

3,485,519

3,544,496

85,168

45,965

3,099,317

3,147,349

–

542,107

52,740

594,847

634,591

–

542,318

52,751

595,069

632,354

–

82,320

2,538

84,858

–

61,463

841,075

902,538

987,396

2,557,100

15,372

173,652

20,000

1,492

3,977

113,743

686

118,406

30,000

58,143

749,460

837,603

956,009

2,191,340

15,349

171,240

20,000

1,492

2,346,584

2,557,100

1,983,325

2,191,406

–

(66)

–

–

–

–

–

–

279

279

279

–

–

–

–

–

–

289

289

289

634,312

632,065

15,372

173,652

20,000

2,145

423,143

634,312

–

15,349

171,240

20,000

2,145

423,331

632,065

–

2,557,100

2,191,340

634,312

632,065

Approved by the Board of Directors on 15 October 2018 and signed on its behalf by: 

John Watson 
Director

Keith Adey
Director

Registered number 1372603

90

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Cash Flow Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year

Depreciation charge

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

Finance income

Finance expenses

Share-based payment expense

Share of post tax result of joint ventures

Income tax expense

Increase in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Cash from operations

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Increase in loans to joint ventures

Interest received

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Decrease in bank borrowings

Proceeds from the issue of share capital on exercise 
of share options 

Dividends paid

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Group 
2018 
£000

Group 
2017 
£000

Company 
2018 
£000

Company 
2017 
£000

519,905

454,057

160,000

135,000

1,855

(72)

(649)

14,261

2,459

(1,798)

121,152

(303,427)

(29,319)

51,228

375,595

(5,472)

(116,128)

253,995

(3,921)

298

(7,320)

188

2,759

(162)

(1,248)

12,492

2,066

(412)

106,666

(419,845)

7,561

92,581

256,515

(4,616)

(98,790)

153,109

(2,109)

3,161

(29,383)

167

(10,755)

(28,164)

(30,000)

(2,500)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

211

(10)

448

(11)

160,201

135,437

–

–

–

–

160,201

135,437

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,435

(162,647)

(190,212)

53,028

45,965

98,993

1,108

(136,556)

(137,948)

(13,003)

58,968

45,965

2,435

(162,647)

(160,212)

(11)

52,751

52,740

1,108

(136,556)

(135,448)

(11)

52,762

52,751

Note

8

4

2

2

23

10

5

10

6

20

91

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Accounting Policies

Basis of preparation
Bellway p.l.c. (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in England and Wales. 

Both the Company financial statements and the Group financial statements have been prepared and approved by the directors 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘Adopted IFRSs’) and have been prepared 
on the historical cost basis except for assets recognised at fair value through profit or loss which are stated at their fair value. 
On publishing the Company financial statements here together with the Group financial statements, which were approved for 
issue on 15 October 2018, the Company is taking advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to 
present its individual income statement and related notes that form a part of these financial statements.

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with Adopted IFRSs requires management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about 
the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, 
are set out in the Operating Review on pages 28 to 31. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing facilities are described in the Financial Review on pages 32 to 33 and the Director’s Report on pages 78 to 81. 
The Risk Management section on pages 26 to 27 sets out the Group’s policies and processes for managing its capital, financial 
risk, and its exposure to credit, liquidity, interest rate and housing market risk.

The Group’s activities are financed principally by a combination of ordinary shares and bank borrowings less cash in hand. 
At 31 July 2018, cash was £99.0 million having generated cash of £83.0 million (see note 19) during the year. The Group has 
operated within all of its banking covenants throughout the year. In addition, the Group had bank facilities of £430.0 million, 
expiring in tranches up to March 2023, with £430.0 million available for drawdown under such facilities at 31 July 2018.

The directors consider that the Group is well placed to manage business and financial risks in the current economic 
environment and have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. Accordingly they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report 
and Accounts.

Judgements made by the directors, in the application of these accounting policies and Adopted IFRSs, that have a 
significant effect on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year, are 
discussed below.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these 
consolidated financial statements.

Effect of new standards and interpretations effective for the first time
The Group adopted Annual Improvements 2014-2016 and ‘Disclosure Initiative – Amendments to IAS 7’ during the year. 
The adoption of these has not had a material effect on the Group’s profit for the year or equity.

The other standards and interpretations that are applicable for the first time in the Group’s financial statements for the year 
ended 31 July 2018 have had no effect on these financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the 
Company made up to 31 July. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. In assessing control, 
potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are taken into account. The financial statements of these 
entities are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that 
control ceases.

Joint arrangements are those entities over whose activities the Group has joint control, established by contractual agreement. 
A joint arrangement can take two forms:

(i) Joint venture – These entities are consolidated using the equity method of accounting.

(ii) Joint operation – The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities and transactions of such entities are accounted for directly as if

they were assets, liabilities and transactions of the Group.

92

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Property, plant and equipment
Items are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is 
charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives over the following number of years:

•  Plant, fixtures and fittings – 3 to 10 years.

•  Freehold buildings – 40 years.

Freehold land is not depreciated.

Investment property
Investment property is initially recognised at cost. Subsequent to recognition, investment property is measured using the cost 
model and is carried at cost less any accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Depreciation is charged, where material, so as to write off the cost less residual value of the investment properties over their 
estimated useful lives. The residual values and useful lives of investment properties are reviewed at each financial year end. 

The useful life of investment properties has been assessed as being 10 to 100 years.

Land is not depreciated.

Investments in subsidiaries
Interests in subsidiary undertakings are valued in the Company financial statements at cost less impairment.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost, in relation to work in progress and showhomes, 
comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs and those overheads, not including any general 
administrative overheads, that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. 
Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and overheads.

Land held for development, including land in the course of development until legal completion of the sale of the asset, is 
initially recorded at cost. Regular reviews are carried out to identify any impairment in the value of the land by comparing the 
total estimated selling prices less estimated selling expenses against the book cost of the land plus estimated costs to complete. 
A provision is made for any irrecoverable amounts. Where, through deferred payment terms, the fair value of land purchased 
differs from the amount that will subsequently be paid in settling the liability, the difference is charged as a finance expense in 
the income statement over the period to settlement.

Options purchased in respect of land are capitalised initially at cost. Regular reviews are carried out for impairment in the value 
of these options, and provisions made accordingly to reflect loss of value. The impairment reviews consider the period elapsed 
since the date of purchase of the option given that the option contract has not been exercised at the review date. Further, the 
impairment reviews consider the remaining life of the option, taking account of any concerns over whether the remaining time 
available will allow a successful exercise of the option. The carrying cost of the option at the date of exercise is included within 
the cost of land purchased as a result of the option exercise.

Investments in land without the benefit of planning consent, either through the purchase of land or non-refundable deposits 
paid on land purchase contracts subject to planning consent, are included initially at cost. Regular reviews are carried out for 
impairment in the values of these investments and provision made to reflect any irrecoverable element. The impairment reviews 
consider the existing use value of the land and assess the likelihood of achieving planning consent and the value thereof.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are stated at their fair value at the date of initial recognition and subsequently at amortised cost less 
allowances for impairment.

Consideration which is contingent on future events is recognised based on the estimated amount if it is probable and can be 
reliably measured. Any subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash balances in hand and in the bank (including short-term cash deposits). 
The Group utilises bank overdraft facilities, which are repayable on demand, as part of its cash management policy. As a 
consequence, bank overdrafts are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents within the cash flow statement.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings are stated at their fair value at the date of initial recognition and subsequently at 
amortised cost.

93

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Accounting Policies continued

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables on normal terms are not interest-bearing and are stated at their nominal value. Trade payables on 
deferred terms, most notably in relation to land purchases, are recorded initially at their fair value. The discount to nominal value 
is amortised over the period to settlement and charged to finance expenses. 

Dividends
Dividends on equity shares are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved by the shareholders. 
Interim dividends are recognised when paid. 

Classification of equity instruments and financial liabilities issued by the Group
Equity instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions: 

(a)  they include no contractual obligations upon the Company (or Group as the case may be) to deliver cash or other

financial assets or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially
unfavourable to the Company (or Group); and

(b)  where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that
includes no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will
be settled by the Company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own
equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so 
classified takes the legal form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented in these financial statements for called up 
share capital and share premium account exclude amounts in relation to those shares. 

Grants
Grants are included within work in progress in the balance sheet to the extent that they contribute to construction costs and 
within deferred income to the extent that they contribute to site income. Grants are credited to the income statement over the 
life of the developments to which they relate.

Revenue recognition
(a) Private and social (turnkey and plot sale) housing sales and land sales.

Revenue is recognised in the income statement when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the 
purchaser, which is when legal title is transferred.

(b) Social housing properties as part of a land sale and design and build contract.

Revenue is recognised in the income statement when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the 
purchaser, which is when the homes are build complete and all material contractual obligations have been fulfilled.

Incentives
Sales incentives are substantially cash in nature but include part-exchange costs which mainly relate to amounts written down, 
where the part-exchange allowance given to the purchaser of the new home is greater than the valuation of the part-exchange 
property. Incentives are accounted for by reducing the housebuild revenue by the cost to the Group of providing the incentive. 
See ‘part-exchange properties’ policy below. 

Rental income
Rental income is recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Part-exchange properties
The purchase and subsequent sale of part-exchange properties is an activity undertaken in order to achieve the sale of a new 
property. As such, the activity is regarded as a mechanism for selling. Impairments and gains or losses on the sale of part-
exchange properties are classified as a cost of sale.

Contingent liabilities
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within 
the Group, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements, and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the 
Company treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be 
required to make a payment under the guarantee.

94

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Taxation
The charge for taxation is based on the result for the year and takes into account current and deferred taxation. The charge 
is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in equity in which case it is 
recognised in equity.

Deferred taxation is provided for all temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of 
realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. 

Employee benefits – retirement benefit costs
The net defined benefit scheme asset or liability is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet 
date less the fair value of scheme assets. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit 
method. All remeasurement gains and losses are recognised immediately in the Statement of Comprehensive Income (‘SOCI’). 
Net interest cost is calculated on the defined benefit (liability)/asset for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure 
the defined benefit liability at the start of the year. Return on plan assets in excess of the amounts included in the net interest 
cost are recognised in the SOCI. 

Further details of the scheme and the valuation methods applied may be found in note 23 to the accounts.

Defined contribution pension costs are charged to the income statement in the period for which contributions are payable.

Employee benefits – share-based payments
The fair value of equity settled share options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in 
equity. The fair value is measured as at the date the options are granted and the charge is only amended if vesting does not 
take place due to non-market conditions not being met. Various option pricing models are used according to the terms of the 
option scheme under which the options were granted. The fair value is spread over the period during which the employees 
become unconditionally entitled to the options. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number 
of options that vest. At the balance sheet date, if it is expected that non-market conditions will not be satisfied, the cumulative 
expense recognised in relation to the relevant options is reversed.

With respect to share-based payments, a deferred tax asset is recognised on the relevant tax base. The tax base is then 
compared to the cumulative share-based payment expense recognised in the income statement. Deferred tax arising on the 
excess of the tax base over the cumulative share-based payment expense recognised in the income statement has been 
recognised directly in equity outside the SOCI as share-based payments are considered to be transactions with shareholders.

Where the Company grants options over its own shares to the employees of its subsidiaries it recognises, in its individual 
financial statements, an increase in the cost of investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the equity settled share-based 
payment charge recognised in its consolidated financial statements, with the corresponding credit being recognised in equity. 

Own shares held by ESOP trust
Transactions of the Company-sponsored ESOP trust are included in both the Group financial statements and the Company’s 
own financial statements. The purchase of shares in the Company by the trust are charged directly to equity. 

Operating leases
Operating lease rentals are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Finance income and expenses
Finance income includes interest receivable on bank deposits.

Finance expenses includes interest on bank borrowings. The discounting of the deferred payments for land purchases 
produces a notional interest payable amount and this is also charged to finance expenses.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those which, in the opinion of the Board, are material by size or nature, non-recurring, and of such 
significance that they require separate disclosure on the face of the income statement.

95

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Accounting Policies continued

Accounting estimates and judgements
Management considers the key estimates and judgements made in the financial statements to be related to: 

Valuation of work in progress and land held for development 
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price (in 
the ordinary course of business) less all estimated costs of completion and overheads. Valuations of site/phase work in progress 
are carried out at regular intervals and estimates of the cost to complete a site/phase and estimates of anticipated revenues 
are required to enable a development profit to be determined. Management are required to employ considerable judgement 
in estimating the profitability of a site/phase and in assessing any impairment provisions which may be required. This is a key 
judgement (including estimates) made in the financial statements. If a 10% increase was applied to the inventories net realisable 
provision, this would not have a material effect on the carrying value of work in progress and land held for development at the 
year end.

For both the years ended 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2017, a full review of inventories has been performed and write-downs have 
been made where cost exceeds net realisable value. Estimated selling prices have been reviewed on a site by site/phase by 
phase basis and have been amended based on local management and the Board’s assessment of current market conditions. 
For the years ended 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2017 no exceptional charge has resulted from the review.

Gross profit recognition
Gross profit is recognised for completed house sales based on the latest whole site/phase gross margin which is an output of 
the site/phase valuation. These valuations, which are updated at frequent intervals throughout the life of the site/phase, use 
actual and forecast selling prices, land costs and construction costs and are sensitive to future movements in both the estimated 
cost to complete and expected selling prices. Forecast selling prices are inherently uncertain due to changes in market 
conditions. This is a key estimate made in the financial statements.

To determine the amount of profit that the Group is able to recognise on its sites/phases in the year, the Group needs to 
allocate site/phase wide costs between all plots. It is also necessary to estimate costs to complete on such sites/phases. 
In making these assessments certain estimates are made. In addition the Group makes estimates in relation to future sales prices 
on the site/phase. The Group has a number of internal controls to assess and review the reasonableness of estimates made. 
If housing gross margin increased by 200 basis points, it is estimated that the quantum of housing cost of sales would decrease 
by around 2.6%.

Standards and interpretations in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following relevant standards which have not been applied in these 
financial statements were in issue and endorsed by the EU but not yet effective:

•  IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. This standard will replace IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and will 
affect both the measurement and disclosures of financial instruments. This is effective for the period beginning on 1 August 
2018. The Group does not consider this will have a material effect on the financial statements.

•  IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’. This is a converged standard from the IASB and FASB on revenue recognition 
to assist with comparability of revenue globally. This is effective for the period beginning on 1 August 2018. This standard will 
result in presentational changes to the income statement to gross up part-exchange revenue and expenses within operating 
profit which are currently recognised on a net basis within cost of sales. The impact of IFRS 15 for the year ended 31 July 2018 
would have been to recognise other operating income of £141.1 million and other operating expenses of £145.1 million, and a 
corresponding £4.0 million decrease in cost of sales.

•  IFRS 16 ‘Leases’. This standard replaces the existing standard, IAS 17 ‘Leases’, where lessees are required to make a distinction 
between a finance lease (on balance sheet) and an operating lease (off balance sheet). IFRS 16 requires lessees to recognise 
a lease liability reflecting future lease payments and a ‘right of use asset’ for virtually all lease contracts. This is effective for the 
period beginning on 1 August 2019, although the Group will adopt this standard with effect from 1 August 2018. The impact of 
IFRS 16 as at 31 July 2018 would have been an increase in non-current assets of £13.9 million, lease liabilities of £14.3 million 
and finance expenses of £0.4 million.

Of the other IFRSs that are available for early adoption, none are expected to have a material effect on the financial statements.

96

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Notes to the Accounts

1 Segmental analysis 
The executive Board (the Chief Operating Decision Maker as defined in IFRS 8) regularly reviews the Group’s performance and 
balance sheet position at both a consolidated and divisional level. Each division is an operating segment as defined by IFRS 8 in 
that the executive Board assess performance and allocates resources at this level. All of the divisions have been aggregated in 
to one reporting segment on the basis that they share similar economic characteristics, including:

• national supply agreements are in place for key inputs including materials.

• debt is raised centrally and the cost of capital is the same at each division.

• sales demand at each division is subject to the same macroeconomic factors, such as mortgage availability and

government policy.

Additional information on average selling prices and the unit sales split between north, south, private and social has been 
included in the Operating Review on pages 28 to 31. The Board does not, however, consider these categories to be separate 
reportable segments as they review the entire operations at a consolidated and divisional level when assessing performance 
and making decisions about the allocation of resources. 

2 Finance income and expenses

Interest receivable on bank deposits

Interest on fair value through profit or loss

Other interest income

Finance income

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Interest on deferred term land payables

Interest element of movement in pension scheme deficit

Finance expenses

3 Employee information
Group employment costs, including directors, comprised:

Wages and salaries

Social security

Pension costs (note 23)

Share-based payments (note 23)

2018 
£000

161

425

63

649

5,410

8,754

97

14,261

2017 
£000

154

1,054

40

1,248

4,642

7,662

188

12,492

2018 
£000

146,284

14,686

5,092

2,459

2017 
£000

128,880

13,580

4,068

2,066

168,521

148,594

The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year was 2,808 (2017 – 2,544) comprising 991 (2017 – 887) 
administrative and 1,817 (2017 – 1,657) production and others employed in housebuilding and associated trading activities.

The executive directors and the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary are the only employees of the Company and 
the emoluments of the executive directors are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on pages 58 to 77.

Key management personnel remuneration, including directors, comprised:

Salaries and fees

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus – cash

Pension costs

Share-based payments

2018 
£000

3,012

157

1,858

80

1,311

6,418

2017 
£000

2,633

132

2,056 

107

1,109 

6,037

Key management personnel, as disclosed under IAS 24: ‘Related party disclosures’, comprises the directors and other senior 
operational management. 

97

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Notes to the Accounts continued

4 Operating profit

Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

Staff costs (note 3)

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Hire of plant and machinery

Operating lease charges for land and buildings

Auditor’s remuneration:

Audit of these financial statements

Amounts receivable by the auditor and its associates in respect of: 

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Pension scheme audit

Other assurance services

2018 
£000

2017 
£000

168,521

148,594

(72)

1,855

15,745

1,841

(162)

2,759 

15,568 

1,618 

30

174

5

4

30

163

5

5

Amounts paid to the Company’s auditor and their associates in respect of services to the Company, other than the audit of 
the Company’s financial statements, have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be disclosed on a 
consolidated basis. The relevant proportion of amounts paid to the auditor for the audit of financial statements of joint ventures 
is £0.018 million (2017 – £0.016 million).

5 Income tax expense

Current tax expense:

UK corporation tax

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred tax expense/(income):

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Reduction in tax rate

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total income tax expense in income statement

Reconciliation of effective tax rate:

Profit before taxation

Tax calculated at UK corporation tax rate 

Non-taxable income and enhanced deductions

Adjustments in respect of prior years – current tax

Effective tax rate and tax expense for the year 

– deferred tax

2018 
£000

2017 
£000

120,397

(949)

119,448

108,413

(1,980)

106,433

1,704

–

–

1,704

121,152

2017 
%

19.7

(0.3)

(0.4)

–

19.0

236

(13)

10

233

106,666

2017 
£000

560,723

110,462

(1,826)

(1,980)

10

106,666

2018 
%

2018 
£000

19.0

–

(0.1)

–

18.9

641,057

121,801

300

(949)

–

121,152

The corporation tax rate reduced to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015 and 19% with effect from 1 April 2017.

The deferred tax assets/(liabilities) held by the Group at the start of the comparative year that were expected to be realised 
after 31 March 2020 were revalued at 17%, the substantively enacted corporation tax rate that will be effective when they are 
expected to be realised. 

98

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 20185 Income tax expense continued

The effective income tax expense is 18.9% of profit before taxation (2017 – 19.0%) and compares favourably to the Group’s 
standard tax rate for the year of 19.0% (2017 – 19.7%). The lower effective tax rate in the current year is principally due to enhanced 
tax deductions received by the Group in relation to land remediation relief and a credit following the finalisation of the prior year 
corporation tax returns.

Deferred tax recognised directly in equity:

(Charge)/credit relating to equity-settled transactions

Charge relating to remeasurements on the defined benefit pension scheme

6 Dividends on equity shares

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2017 of 84.5p per share (2016 – 74.0p)

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 July 2018 of 48.0p per share (2017 – 37.5p)

Dividends forfeited

2018 
£000

(609)

(850)

2017 
£000

533

(730)

2018 
£000

2017 
£000

103,668

58,997

(18)

90,589

45,980

(13)

162,647

136,556

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2018 of 95.0p per share (2017 – 84.5p)

116,830

103,608

The 2018 proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 12 December 
2018 and, in accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the Reporting Period’, has not been included as a liability in these financial 
statements. At the record date for the final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2017 shares were held by the Bellway Employee 
Share Trust (1992) (the ‘Trust’) (note 18) on which dividends had been waived.

The level of distributable reserves are sufficient in comparison to the proposed dividend.

7 Earnings per ordinary share
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing earnings by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the year (excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held by the Trust which are treated as cancelled).

Diluted earnings per ordinary share uses the same earnings figure as the basic calculation. The weighted average number of 
shares has been adjusted to reflect the dilutive effect of outstanding share options allocated under employee share schemes 
where the market value exceeds the option price. Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing earnings by the 
diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares.

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are outlined below:

Earnings 

2018 
£000

Weighted 
average 
number of 
ordinary 
shares 
2018 
Number

For basic earnings per ordinary share

519,905

122,779,199

Dilutive effect of options and awards

528,251

For diluted earnings per ordinary share

519,905 123,307,450

Earnings per 
share  

Earnings 

Weighted 
average  
number of 
ordinary  
shares 
2017 
Number

2018 
p

423.4

(1.8)

421.6 

2017 
£000

454,057

122,511,626

536,577

454,057

123,048,203

Earnings per 
share 

2017 
p

370.6 

(1.6)

369.0 

99

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts continued

8 Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost 

At 1 August 2016

Additions

Disposals

At 1 August 2017

Additions

Disposals

At 31 July 2018

Depreciation

At 1 August 2016

Charge for year

On disposals

At 1 August 2017

Charge for year

On disposals

At 31 July 2018

Net book value

At 31 July 2018

At 31 July 2017

At 31 July 2016

The Company has no property, plant and equipment.

9 Investment property

Group

Cost 

At 1 August 2016 and 1 August 2017

Disposals

At 31 July 2018

Depreciation

At 1 August 2016 and 1 August 2017

On disposals

At 31 July 2018

Net book value

At 31 July 2018

At 31 July 2016 and 31 July 2017

Land and 
property 
£000

Plant, fixtures 
and fittings 
£000

9,424

124

–

9,548

15

–

19,225

1,985

(7,396)

13,814

3,906

(1,894)

9,563

15,826

1,956

209

–

2,165

249

–

2,414

7,149

7,383

7,468

11,789

2,550

(4,397)

9,942

1,606

(1,668)

9,880

5,946

3,872

7,436

Total 

£000

28,649

2,109

(7,396)

23,362

3,921

(1,894)

25,389

13,745

2,759

(4,397)

12,107

1,855

(1,668)

12,294

13,095

11,255

14,904

Total 
£000

423

–

423

423

–

423

–

–

Investment properties represent homes which have been sold under a shared ownership scheme and where Bellway has 
retained an equity stake. They are valued under the cost model and are held at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
accumulated impairment losses. A formal internal valuation of investment properties was carried out at the end of the financial 
year. The fair value of the investment properties was assessed at £nil (2017 – £nil).

The Company has no investment properties.

100

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 201810 Investments in joint arrangements and subsidiaries
The Group and Company have the following investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures:

Subsidiary undertakings

Interest in subsidiary undertakings’ shares at cost

Investments accounted for using equity method 

Interest in joint ventures – loan

Interest in joint ventures – equity

Group 
2018 
£000

–

41,260

2,203

43,463

Group 
2017 
£000

–

Company 
2018 
£000

39,744

Company 
2017 
£000

37,285

33,940

405

34,345

–

–

–

–

–

–

43,463

34,345

39,744

37,285

The subsidiary undertakings and joint arrangements in which the Group has interests are incorporated in England and 
Wales. In each case their principal activity is related to housebuilding. The Group is made up of 59 subsidiaries and 8 joint 
arrangements. Further details are included in note 25.

Where Bellway owns 100% of the voting rights of a business, the company is considered to be controlled by Bellway and is 
treated as a subsidiary.

North Solihull Partnership LP, Cramlington Developments Limited and Leebell Developments Limited are classified as joint 
operations as the shareholders have substantially all of the economic benefit of the assets and fund the liabilities of the entities.

Ponton Road LLP and Fradley Residential LLP are classified as joint ventures as the Group has rights to the net assets of the 
arrangements rather than the individual assets and liabilities.

The movement on the investment in the joint ventures during the year is as follows:

At the start of the year

Net increase in loans

Share of result

At the end of the year

2018 
£000

34,345

7,320

1,798

2017 
£000

4,550 

29,383 

412

43,463

34,345 

The Group’s share of the joint ventures’ net assets/(liabilities), income and expenses is made up as follows:

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Share of net assets/(liabilities) of joint ventures

Revenue

Costs

Operating profit

Interest

Share of result of joint ventures

Guarantees relating to the overdrafts of the joint ventures have been given by the Company (see note 21).

2018 
£000

14

48,678

(44,971)

(1,518)

2,203

8,401

(6,510)

1,891

(93)

1,798

2017 
£000

19 

40,046 

(36,832)

(2,828)

405

2,623 

(2,055)

568

(156)

412

101

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
11 Deferred taxation
The following are the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and the movements thereon during the current 
and prior year:

Group

At 1 August 2016

Income statement credit/(charge)

Charge to statement of comprehensive income

Credit to equity

At 31 July 2017

Income statement (charge)/credit

Charge to statement of comprehensive income

Charge to equity

At 31 July 2018

Capital 
allowances 

£000

(95)

123

–

–

28

(50)

–

–

(22)

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations/ 
(assets) 
£000

1,448

(40)

(730)

–

678

(47)

(850)

–

(219)

The following is an analysis of the deferred tax balances for financial reporting purposes:

Retirement benefit obligations

Capital allowances

Share-based payments

Deferred tax assets

Capital allowances

Retirement benefit assets

Other temporary differences

Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset

Share-based 
payments 

Other  
temporary 
differences 

£000

1,042

151

–

533

1,726

4

–

(609)

1,121

£000

(219)

(467)

–

–

(686)

(1,611)

–

–

(2,297)

2018 
£000

–

–

1,121

1,121

(22)

(219)

(2,297)

(2,538)

Total 

£000

2,176

(233)

(730)

533

1,746

(1,704)

(850)

(609)

(1,417)

2017 
£000

678 

28 

1,726 

2,432

–

–

(686)

(686)

(1,417)

1,746

The carrying amount of the deferred tax asset is reviewed at each balance sheet date and is recognised to the extent that there 
will be sufficient taxable profits to allow the asset to be recovered.

There are no deferred tax balances in respect of the Company.

12 Inventories

Group

Land

Work in progress 

Showhomes

Part-exchange properties

2018 
£000

2,011,881

1,115,091

97,447

47,192

2017 
£000

1,838,190

1,017,693

78,224

34,077

3,271,611

2,968,184

Inventories of £2,154.7 million were expensed in the year (2017 – £1,854.3 million).

In the ordinary course of business inventories have been written back by a net £0.8 million (2017 – £8.1 million) in the year.

Land with a carrying value of £217.0 million (2017 – £202.0 million) was used as security for land payables (see note 15).

The directors consider all inventories to be essentially current in nature although the Group’s operational cycle is such that 
a proportion of inventories will not be realised within 12 months. It is not possible to determine with accuracy when specific 
inventory will be realised as this is subject to a number of factors including consumer demand and planning permission delays.

The Company has no inventory.

102

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Notes to the Accounts continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13 Trade and other receivables
Current receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments and accrued income

Group 
2018 
£000

39,459

69,623

–

5,833

114,915

Group 
2017 
£000

34,075

46,626

Company 
2018 
£000

Company 
2017 
£000

–

–

–

–

–

542,107

542,318

4,467

85,168

– 

– 

542,107

542,318

The Group assesses the ageing of trade receivables in terms of whether amounts are receivable in less than one year or more 
than one year. None of the trade receivables are past their due dates (2017 – nil).

Other receivables includes £26.045 million (2017 – £21.169 million) in relation to VAT recoverable.

14 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Current liabilities

Bank loans

15 Trade and other payables 
Non-current liabilities

Land payables

Other payables

Group 
2018 
£000

–

Group 
2017 
£000

30,000

Company 
2018 
£000

–

Company 
2017 
£000

–

Group 
2018 
£000

80,382

1,938

82,320

Group 
2017 
£000

111,750

1,993

113,743

Company 
2018 
£000

Company 
2017 
£000

–

–

–

–

–

–

Land payables of £68.682 million (2017 – £77.883 million) are secured on the land to which they relate.

The carrying value of the land used for security is £66.796 million (2017 – £76.342 million).

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Land payables

Social security and other taxes

Other payables

Accrued expenses

Payments on account

Group 
2018 
£000

301,349

284,993

7,771

13,278

124,498

109,186

841,075

Group 
2017 
£000

Company 
2018 
£000

Company 
2017 
£000

272,767

255,023

5,702

2,089

112,464

101,415

749,460

–

–

–

279

–

–

279

–

–

–

289

–

–

289

Land payables of £153.774 million (2017 – £127.628 million) are secured on the land to which they relate.

The carrying value of the land used for security is £150.216 million (2017 – £125.663 million).

103

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16 Financial instruments
Land purchased on deferred terms
The Group sometimes acquires land on deferred payment terms. In accordance with IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement’, the creditor is initially recorded at fair value, being the price paid for the land discounted to present day, 
and subsequently at amortised cost. The difference between the nominal value and the initial fair value is amortised over the 
deferred term to finance expenses, increasing the land creditor to its full cash settlement value on the payment date. 

The maturity profile of the total contracted cash payments in respect of amounts due on land creditors at the balance sheet 
date is as follows: 

At 31 July 2018

At 31 July 2017

Balance  
at 31 July 

£000

365,375

366,773

Total  
contracted  
cash payment 
£000

371,950

373,574

Within 1  
year or on 
demand  
£000

287,414

256,832

1–2 years 

2–5 years 

£000

57,549

82,953

£000

26,987

33,789

More than 
5 years 

£000

–

–

The maturity profile of the total contracted payments in respect of financial liabilities (excluding amounts due on land creditors 
shown separately above) is as follows:

Bank loans – floating rates

Trade and other payables

At 31 July 2018

Bank loans – floating rates

Trade and other payables

At 31 July 2017

Balance  
at 31 July 

£000

–

324,336

324,336

30,000

282,551

312,551

Total  
contracted  
cash payment 
£000

–

324,336

324,336

30,012

282,551

312,563

Within 1  
year or on 
demand  
£000

–

322,398

322,398

30,012

280,558

310,570

1–2 years 

2–5 years 

More than  
5 years 

£000

£000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£000

–

1,938

1,938

–

1,993

1,993

The imputed interest rate on land payables reflects market interest rates available to the Group on floating rate bank loans at the 
time of acquiring the land.

At the year end, the Group had £430.0 million (2017 – £400.0 million) of undrawn bank facilities available.

Cash and cash equivalents
This comprises cash held by the Group and short-term bank deposits with a maturity date of less than one month.

The amounts of cash and cash equivalents for the years ended 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2017 for both the Group and the 
Company are shown in note 20.

At 31 July 2018 the average interest rate earned on the temporary closing cash balance, excluding joint ventures, was 0.36% 
(2017 – 0.24%).

Fair values
The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities reasonably approximate their fair values.

Financial assets and liabilities by category

Loans and receivables

Fair value through profit or loss

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

Group 
2018 
£000

101,180

7,902

98,993

Group 
2017 
£000

68,717

11,984

45,965

(681,940)

(473,865)

(673,622)

(546,956)

Company 
2018 
£000

542,107

–

52,740

(279)

Company 
2017 
£000

542,318

–

52,751

(289)

594,568

594,780

The fair value through profit or loss asset is categorised as level 3 within the hierarchical classification of IFRS 13. This asset is 
recorded at fair value, being the estimated amount receivable by the Group, discounted to present day values and is included 
in other receivables (see note 13).

104

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Notes to the Accounts continued16 Financial instruments continued
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financial activities

Group

Bank borrowings

At 1 August 
2016 
£000

32,500

Net cash
flows 
£000

(2,500)

At 1 August 
2017 
£000

30,000

Net cash
flows 
£000

(30,000)

At 31 July 
2018 
£000

–

There were no liabilities arising from financing activities within the Company. 

Bank facilities
The Group has bank facilities of £430.0 million (2017 – £430.0 million) which expire during the course of the following financial years:

By 31 July 2018

By 31 July 2019

By 31 July 2020

By 31 July 2021

By 31 July 2022

By 31 July 2023

Group 
2018 
£000

–

125,000

175,000

80,000

–

50,000

430,000

Group 
2017 
£000

50,000

125,000

175,000

80,000

–

–

430,000

Company 
2018 
£000

Company 
2017 
£000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Capital management
The Group is financed through the proceeds of issued ordinary shares, reinvested profits and bank borrowings less cash in 
hand. The following table analyses the capital structure:

Equity

Net bank debt

Capital employed

Group 
2018 
£000

Group 
2017 
£000

2,557,100

2,191,340

–

–

Company 
2018 
£000

634,312

–

Company 
2017 
£000

632,065

–

2,557,100

2,191,340

634,312

632,065

Risks
Details of the risks relating to financial instruments are set out in the Risk Management section on page 27.

17 Issued capital

Group and Company

Allotted, called up and fully paid 12.5p ordinary shares

At start of year

Issued on exercise of options

At end of year

2018 
Number 
000

2018 

£000

2017 
Number 
000

122,798

15,349

122,686

182

122,980

23

15,372

112

122,798

2017 

£000

15,335

14

15,349

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per 
share at meetings of the Company.

18 Reserves
Own shares held
The Group and Company hold shares within the Bellway Employee Share Trust (1992) (the ‘Trust’) for participants of certain 
share-based payment schemes as outlined in note 23. These are held within retained earnings. During the period no shares 
were purchased by the Trust (2017 – nil shares) and the Trust transferred 118,863 (2017 – 119,733) shares to employees and 
directors. The number of shares held within the Trust, and on which dividends have been waived, at 31 July 2018 was 65,540 
(2017 – 184,403). These shares are held within the financial statements at a cost of £1.216 million (2017 – £3.421 million). The market 
value of these shares at 31 July 2018 was £1.912 million (2017 – £5.882 million).

Capital redemption reserve
On 7 April 2014 the Company redeemed 20,000,000 £1 preference shares, being all of the preference shares in issue. An amount 
of £20 million, equivalent to the nominal value of the shares redeemed, was transferred to a capital redemption reserve on the 
same date.

Income statement
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company’s income statement has not been included in these 
financial statements. The Company’s profit for the financial year was £160.000 million (2017 – £135.000 million).

105

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
19 Reconciliation of net cash flow to net cash

Group

Increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents

Decrease in bank borrowings

Increase/(decrease) in net cash from cash flows

Net cash at 1 August

Net cash at 31 July

Company

Decrease in net cash and cash equivalents

Decrease in net cash from cash flows

Net cash at 1 August

Net cash at 31 July

20 Analysis of net cash

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans 

Net cash

Company

Cash and cash equivalents

Net cash

2018 
£000

53,028

30,000

83,028

15,965

98,993

2018 
£000

(11)

(11)

52,751

52,740

Cash 
flows 
£000

53,028

30,000

83,028

Cash 
flows 
£000

(11)

(11)

2017 
£000

(13,003)

2,500

(10,503)

26,468

15,965

2017 
£000

(11)

(11)

52,762

52,751

At 31 July 
2018 
£000

98,993

–

98,993

At 31 July 
2018 
£000

52,740

52,740

At 1 August 
2017 
£000

45,965

(30,000)

15,965

At 1 August 
2017 
£000

52,751

52,751

21 Contingent liabilities
The Company is liable, jointly and severally with other members of the Group, under guarantees given to the Group’s bankers 
in respect of overdrawn balances on certain Group bank accounts and in respect of other overdrafts, loans and guarantees 
given by the banks to or on behalf of other Group undertakings. 

At 31 July 2018 there were bank overdrafts of £nil (2017 – £nil) and loans of £nil (2017 – £30.0 million). The Company has given 
performance and other trade guarantees on behalf of subsidiary undertakings. The Company has guaranteed the overdrafts of 
joint arrangements up to a maximum of £0.3 million (2017 – £0.3 million). It is the directors’ expectation that the possibility of cash 
outflow on these liabilities is considered minimal and no provision is required.

106

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Notes to the Accounts continued22 Commitments

Capital commitments

Group

Contracted not provided

Authorised not contracted

2018
£000

221

–

Operating leases
At the balance sheet date, the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-
cancellable operating leases, which expire as follows:

Expiring within one year

Expiring within two to five years

Expiring in more than five years

2018
£000

138

6,117

6,897

13,152

2017
£000

–

798

2017
£000

311

4,890

3,886

9,087

Operating lease payments principally relate to rents payable by the Group for office premises and motor vehicles. The office 
premises leases are subject to periodic rent reviews.

Company
The commitments of the Company were £nil (2017 – £nil).

23 Employee benefits
(a) Retirement benefit assets/(obligations)
The Group sponsors the Bellway plc 1972 Pension Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) which has a funded defined benefit arrangement 
which is closed to new members and to future service accrual. The Group also sponsors the Bellway plc 2008 Group Self 
Invested Personal Pension Plan (‘GSIPP’) which is a defined contribution contract-based arrangement.

Contributions of £5.092 million (2017 – £4.068 million) were charged to the income statement for the GSIPP.

Defined contributions have been excluded from the assets and liabilities.

Role of Trustees
The Scheme is managed by the Trustees, who are appointed by either the Company or the members. The role of the Trustees 
is to manage the Scheme in line with the Scheme trust deed and rules, to act prudently, responsibly, honestly, impartially and in 
the interests of all beneficiaries. The main responsibilities of the Trustees are to agree with the employer the level of contributions 
to the Scheme, to make sure these contributions are paid, to decide how the Scheme’s assets are invested so the Scheme 
is able to meet its liabilities and to oversee that the payment of benefits, record keeping and administration of the Scheme 
complies with the Scheme trust deed and rules and legislation.

Funding
UK legislation requires that pension schemes are funded prudently (i.e. to a level in excess of the current expected cost of 
providing benefits). The last full actuarial valuation of the Scheme was carried out by a qualified independent actuary as at 
31 July 2017 and updated on an approximate basis to 31 July 2018.

With regard to the Scheme, regular contributions made by the employer over the financial year were £nil (2017 – £nil). 
The employer paid no special contributions (2017 – £nil) and reimbursed the pension fund £0.37 million (2017 – £0.40 million) for 
expenses incurred by the fund.

The Group is expected to make no regular contributions during the year ending 31 July 2019.

Regulation
The UK pensions market is regulated by the Pensions Regulator whose key statutory objectives in relation to UK defined benefit 
plans are: 

•  to protect the benefits of members of occupational pension schemes;

•  to promote, and to improve understanding of the good administration of work-based pension schemes;

•  to reduce the risk of situations arising which may lead to compensation being payable from the Pension Protection Fund; and

•  to maximise employer compliance with employer duties and the employment safeguards introduced by the Pensions 

Act 2008.

107

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
23 Employee benefits continued 
Risk
The Scheme exposes the Group to a number of risks, the most significant are:

Risk

Description

Asset volatility

The Scheme’s defined benefit obligation is calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate 
bond yields. However, a significant proportion of the Scheme’s assets are invested in growth assets, such as 
equities, that would be expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long-term but create volatility and risk 
in the short-term.

Inflation risk

A significant proportion of the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation is linked to inflation, with higher inflation 
increasing the liabilities. However, there are caps of either a 3% or 5% p.a. increase in place to limit the effect of 
higher inflation.

Life expectancy The majority of the Scheme’s liabilities are to provide a pension for the life of the member, with any increase in 

life expectancy also increasing the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation.

Movements in net defined benefit assets/(obligations)

Defined benefit obligation

Fair value of Scheme assets Net defined benefit asset/(liability)

Balance at 1 August 

Included in the income statement

Interest (cost)/income

Included in other comprehensive 
income

Remeasurement gain arising from:

–  Change in demographic and financial

assumptions

– Experience adjustments

Return on plan assets excluding 
interest income

Other

Contributions paid by the employer

Benefits paid

2018
£000

2017
£000

2018
£000

(58,176)

(59,909)

54,199

(1,448)

(1,448)

(1,418)

(1,418)

1,351

1,351

1,716

2,368

–

4,084

–

2,803

2,803

1,142

379

–

1,521

–

1,630

1,630

–

–

917

917

371

(2,803)

(2,432)

54,035

2017
£000

51,873

1,230

1,230

–

–

2,325

2,325

401

(1,630)

(1,229)

54,199

2018
£000

2017
£000

(3,977)

(8,036)

(97)

(97)

(188)

(188)

1,716

2,368

917

5,001

371

–

371

1,142

379

2,325

3,846

401

–

401

1,298

(3,977)

Balance at 31 July

(52,737)

(58,176)

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is 17 years (2017 – 17 years).

Scheme assets
The fair value of the Scheme assets is:

Diversified growth fund

Equity instruments

Corporate bonds

Liability driven instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

2018
£000

22,632

16,492

3,845

10,871

195

54,035

2017
£000

29,718

16,079

2,666

5,526

210

54,199

All of the Scheme assets, with the exception of cash and cash equivalents, are considered to be level 2.

Diversified growth funds are pooled funds invested across a diversified range of assets with the aim of giving long-term 
investment growth with lower short-term volatility than equities.

108

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Notes to the Accounts continued23 Employee benefits continued 
Actuarial assumptions
The following are the principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date:

Discount rate

Future salary increases

Allowance for pension in payment increases of RPI or 5% p.a. if less

Allowance for deferred pension increases of CPI or 5% p.a. if less

2018 
% per annum

2017 
% per annum

2.65

3.70

3.10

2.20

2.55

3.70

3.10

2.20

Allowance for commutation of pension for cash at retirement

50% of maximum 50% of maximum

The mortality assumptions adopted at 31 July 2018 are based on the S2PxA tables and allow for future improvement in mortality. 
The tables used imply the following life expectancies at age 65:

Male retiring at age 65 in 2018

Female retiring at age 65 in 2018

Male retiring at age 65 in 2038

Female retiring at age 65 in 2038

22.7 years

24.6 years

24.1 years

26.2 years

Sensitivities
The calculation of the defined benefit obligation is sensitive to the assumptions set out above. The following table summarises 
the effect on the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period if different assumptions were used:

Assumption

Discount rate

Future salary increases

Inflation – RPI

Mortality

Change in assumption

Change in liabilities (%)

-0.25% p.a.

Increase by 4.4%

+0.25% p.a.

Increase by 0.3%

+0.25% p.a.

Increase by 3.0%

+1 year life expectancy

Increase by 3.1%

The calculations for the sensitivity analysis are not as accurate as a full valuation carried out using these assumptions. Each  
assumption change is considered in isolation, which in practice is unlikely to occur, as changes in some of the assumptions 
are correlated.

(b) Share-based payments
The Group operates a long-term incentive plan (‘LTIP’), a share matching plan (‘SMP’), deferred bonus plans (‘DBP’) and (‘2003 
DBP’), an employee share option scheme and Savings Related Share Option Schemes (‘SRSOS’), all of which are detailed below. 

Awards under the LTIP and SMP have been made to executive directors, the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, 
and senior employees, with awards under the 2003 DBP also made to senior employees. The awards take the form of ordinary 
shares in the Company. 

The Bellway p.l.c. (2014) Employee Share Option Scheme (‘2014 ESOS’) is an approved discretionary scheme which provides 
for the grant of options over ordinary shares to employees and executive directors. It is, however, the current intention that no 
executive directors of the Company should be granted options under this scheme. Awards will be available to vest after three 
years, subject to objective performance targets. As at 31 July 2018 no options had been granted under this scheme.

Options issued under the SRSOS are offered to all employees including the executive directors. 

An outline of the performance conditions in relation to the LTIP and the SMP is detailed under the long-term incentive scheme 
section on pages 70 to 75 within the Remuneration Report. No awards have been made under the SMP since 2014 and there 
are no awards outstanding under the SMP as at 31 July 2018.

Various small share option awards have been made to employees at divisional management level under the terms of the 
2003 DBP. Awards will be available to vest after three years, subject to objective performance targets. There are no DBP 
awards outstanding.

Share-based payments have been valued by an external third party using various models detailed below, based on publicly 
available market data at the time of the grant, which the directors consider to be the most appropriate method of determining 
their fair value.

109

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 201823 Employee benefits continued 
The number and weighted average exercise price of share-based payments is as follows:

LTIP, SMP, DBP

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2018 
Number of options

2017 
Number of options

305,963

112,746

(42,876)

(118,863)

256,970

304,136

121,560

–

(119,733)

305,963

–

–

The options outstanding at 31 July 2018 have a weighted average contractual life of 1.3 years (2017 – 1.3 years).

SRSOS

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2018 
Number of options

2017 
Number of options

542,898

155,769 

(49,918)

(182,308)

466,441

507,795

200,669

(53,594)

(111,972)

542,898

–

–

The options outstanding at 31 July 2018 have an exercise price in the range of 1,218.4p to 2,934.4p (2017 – 805.6p to 2,048.8p) and 
have a weighted average contractual life of 2.3 years (2017 – 2.2 years). The weighted average share price at the date of exercise 
for share options exercised during the year was 3,291.7p (2017 – 2,530.3p).

Valuation methodology
For LTIP options, half of the performance criteria is based on TSR against comparator companies with the other half based on 
TSR measured against the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts and financial service companies). A simplified Monte 
Carlo simulation method has been used to determine the Group’s TSR performance against the FTSE 250 Index (excluding 
investment trusts and financial service companies). In the case of the 2003 DBP, there are no market-related performance 
conditions and awards will be eligible to vest upon reaching a date set out in the Deed of the award. As dividends are not 
reinvested, the fair value of these awards is equal to the share price at the date of the grant. The Black Scholes method is used 
for the SRSOS due to the relatively short exercise window of six months.

The fair value of services received in return for share options granted is measured by reference to the fair value of the share 
options granted. The inputs into the models for the various grants in the current and previous year were as follows:

2018

2017

November
2017

November
2017

November
2017

December
2017

December
2017

November
2016

November
2016

November
2016

December
2016

Scheme description

LTIP

LTIP

DBP

3 Year 
SRSOS

5 Year 
SRSOS

LTIP

3 Year 
SRSOS

5 Year 
SRSOS

DBP

Grant date 

10-Nov-17 14-Nov-17 14-Nov-17 05-Dec-17 05-Dec-17 09-Nov-16 29-Nov-16 29-Nov-16 01-Dec-16

Risk free interest rate 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.6%

0.8%

0.0%

0.3%

0.7%

0.0%

Exercise price

Share price at date of 
grant

– 

– 

–  2,934.4p 2,934.4p

–

1,892.8p

1,892.8p

– 

3,450.0p 3,499.0p 3,499.0p

3,517.0p

3,517.0p

2,426.0p

2,490.0p

2,490.0p

2,388.0p

Expected dividend yield

–

–

–

3.5%

3.5%

Expected life

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years 
2 months

5 years 
2 months

4.5%

3 years

4.5%

4.5%

3 years 
2 months

5 years 
2 months

N/A

3 years

Vesting date

10-Nov-20 14-Nov-20 14-Nov-20 01-Feb-21 01-Feb-23 09-Nov-19 01-Feb-20 01-Feb-22 01-Dec-19

Expected volatility

35%

35%

N/A

35%

30%

35%

35%

30%

N/A

Fair value of option

2,114.0p

2,181.0p 3,499.0p

893.0p

837.0p

1,220.5p

655.0p

590.0p

2,388.0p

110

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Notes to the Accounts continued23 Employee benefits continued 
The expected volatility for all models was determined by considering the volatility levels historically for the Group. Volatility levels 
for more recent years were considered to have more relevance than earlier years for the period reviewed.

The Group recognised total expenses of £2.459 million (2017 – £2.066 million) in relation to equity-settled share-based 
payment transactions.

24 Related party transactions
The Board and certain members of senior management are related parties within the definition of IAS 24 ‘Related Party  
Disclosures’. Summary information of the transactions with key management personnel is provided in note 3. Detailed  
disclosure of individual remuneration of Board members is included in the Remuneration Report on pages 58 to 77.

Following shareholder approval at the December 2016 AGM the former Chief Executive legally completed the purchase of a 
property for £390,995 from Bellway Homes Limited at one of the Group’s developments using shareholder discount, during the 
year ended 31 July 2017. The purchase price was calculated on an arm’s length basis using prices already achieved for similar 
properties on the same development.

Transactions between fellow subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are 
not disclosed.

Group
During the year the Group entered into the following related party transactions with its joint arrangements:

Invoiced to joint arrangements in respect of accounting, management fees, interest on loans, 
land purchases and infrastructure works

Invoiced from joint arrangements in respect of fees, land purchases and infrastructure works

Amounts owed to joint arrangements in respect of land purchases and management fees 
at the year end

Amounts owed by joint arrangements in respect of accounting, management fees, interest, 
land purchases and infrastructure works

2018 
£000

16,547

(419)

2017 
£000

4,623

(2,822)

(3,197)

(5,118)

48,832

42,765

Company
During the year the Company entered into the following related party transactions with its subsidiaries and joint arrangements:

Amounts received in the year from subsidiaries for share options exercised by subsidiary company 
employees and dividends received

162,436

136,108

Amounts paid in the year by subsidiaries on behalf of the Company in respect of dividends, finance 
expenses and share purchases, and receivable from subsidiaries on disposal of investments

(162,647)

(136,556)

Amounts owed by subsidiaries in respect of dividends and shares issued net of amounts paid on 
behalf of the Company

Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures

542,107

39,744

542,318

37,285

The Company has suffered no expense in respect of bad or doubtful debts of subsidiary undertakings in the year (2017 – £nil).

2018 
£000

2017 
£000

111

AccountsBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 201825 Group undertakings
The directors set out below information relating to the Group undertakings as at 31 July 2018. All of these companies are 
registered in England and Wales, apart from Bellway (Scotland) Limited which is registered in Scotland. They are engaged 
in housebuilding and associated activities, have coterminous year ends with the Group, 100% of their ordinary share capital 
is held by the Company and the registered address is the same as the Company (unless otherwise stated).

Subsidiaries – trading

Bellway Financial Services Limited

Bellway Homes (North Solihull G P) Limited

Bellway Homes Limited

Bellway Housing Trust Limited

Subsidiaries – dormant^
Ashberry Homes Limited

B.C.P. (Transport) Limited

Bellway (Builders) Limited

Bellway (North East) Limited
Bellway (Scotland) Limited(3)
Bellway City Solutions Limited

Bellway Conversions Limited

Bellway Homes (Anglia) Limited

Bellway Homes (Barking Reach) Limited
Bellway Homes (Cupernham Lane) Limited^^^
Bellway Homes (Hertfordshire) Limited

Bellway Homes (North Solihull) Limited

Bellway Homes (Social Housing) Limited
Bellway Homes (Wales) Limited^^^
Bellway Homes (West Midlands) Limited
Bellway Housebuilders Limited^^^
Bellway I Limited

Bellway London Limited

Bellway Marine Limited

Bellway Trustee Company Limited

Bellway Urban Renewals (Contracts) Limited

Bellway Urban Renewals Limited

Bulldog Premium Growth I Limited

Bulldog Premium Growth II Limited

Commercials Limited

D. F. W. Golding (Southern) Limited

Joint arrangements
Angst Limited (50% owned)^
Cramlington Developments Limited (50% owned, 
year end of 30 June)^^(1)
Easel Leeds Limited (50% owned)^
Fradley Residential LLP (50% owned)^^
Leebell Developments Limited (50% owned, 
year end of 30 June)^^(1)
North Solihull (GP) Limited (25% owned, 
year end of 31 March)^, ^^(2)
North Solihull Partnership LP (49.8% owned, 
year end of 31 March)^^(2)
Ponton Road LLP (50% owned)^^

112

Bellway Properties Limited

Bellway (Services) Limited

Litrose Investments Limited

The Victoria Dock Company Limited

D. F. W. Golding Limited
Dymock Properties Limited^^^
George Blackett Limited

Heron Electrical Contractors Limited

Homes2Let Limited

J. T. B. (Chapel Farm) Estates Limited

J. T. B. Estates Limited

John T Bell & Sons (1976) Limited

Lowfield Street Limited

Mansions Limited
Metier Properties Limited^^^
Moorfield Investments Limited^^^
Nixons Kitchens Limited

Seaton GR SPV 7 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 8 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 9 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 10 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 11 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 12 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 13 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 14 Limited

Telvec Investments Limited

Terraces Limited
The Barking Reach Company Limited^^^
Tyneside Land & Property Company Limited

Other entities
HBF Insurance PCC Limited(4)
MI New Home Insurance PCC Limited(4)

Notes:

^

  Dormant.

^^  These shares are held indirectly. 

^^^  Dissolved on 18 September 2018. 

1.  Registered address is Persimmon House, Fulford, York, YO19 4FE.

2.  Registered address is Council House, Manor Square, Solihull, West Midlands, B91 3QB.

3. 

 Registered address is Bothwell House, Hamilton Business Park, Caird Street, Hamilton,
ML3 0QA.

4.  Registered address is Mill Court, La Charroterie, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 4EY.

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Notes to the Accounts continuedFive Year Record

Income statement

Revenue

Operating profit 

Net finance expenses

Share of results of joint ventures

Profit before taxation 

Income tax expense

2014 
Restated 
£m

1,484.8

255.6

(9.9)

0.3

246.0

(54.6)

2015 

£m

1,765.4
360.5(1)
(13.1)

(0.1)
347.3(1)
(69.6)(1)

2016 

£m

2,240.7

492.0

(11.1)

(0.3)
480.6(1)
(95.0)

2017 

£m

2,558.6

571.6

(11.3)

0.4

560.7

(106.6)

2018 

£m

2,957.7

652.9

(13.6)

1.8

641.1

(121.2)

Profit for the year (all attributable to equity holders 
of the parent)

191.4

277.7(1)

385.6(1)

454.1

519.9

Balance sheet

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Current assets

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

EQUITY

Total equity

Statistics

Number of homes sold

Average price of new homes
Pre-exceptional gross margin(~)
Gross margin
Pre-exceptional operating margin(~)
Operating margin

Basic earnings per ordinary share

Dividend per ordinary share
Pre-exceptional return on capital employed(~)
Return on capital employed(~)
Gearing (including preference shares)(~)
Net asset value per ordinary share(~)
Land portfolio – plots with planning permission

80.4

1,882.0

48.1

2,241.2

33.3

2,687.5

48.0

3,099.3

59.0

3,485.5

(74.3)

(522.0)

(60.3)

(653.1)

(96.2)

(757.6)

(118.4)

(837.6)

(84.9)

(902.5)

1,366.1

1,575.9

1,867.0

2,191.3

2,557.1

6,851 

£213.2k

21.3%

21.3%

17.2%

17.2%

157.0p

52.0p

19.6%

19.6%

–

1,118p

19,434 

7,752 

£223.8k
24.2%(1)
24.6%
20.4%(1)
20.8%

231.5p

77.0p
23.9%(1)
24.4%

2.4%

1,286p

21,411 

8,721 

9,644 

10,307

£252.8k

£260.4k

£284.9k

25.7%

25.7%

22.0%

22.0%

328.7p

108.0p

28.2%

28.2%

–

1,522p

24,879 

25.9%

25.9%

22.3%

22.3%

370.6p

122.0p

27.6%

27.6%

–

1,785p

25,655 

25.5%

25.5%

22.1%

22.1%

423.4p

143.0p

27.2%

27.2%

–

2,079p

26,877

Weighted average no. of ordinary shares 

121,919,049

122,315,198

122,558,261

122,511,626

122,779,199

No. of ordinary shares in issue at end of year

122,191,378

122,521,915

122,685,986

122,797,958 122,980,266

Note:

1. Stated before exceptional item.

113

Other InformationBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Alternative Performance Measures 

Bellway uses a variety of alternative performance measures (‘APM’) which, although financial measures of either historical or 
future performance, financial position or cash flows, are not defined or specified by IFRSs. The directors use a combination of 
APMs and IFRS measures when reviewing the performance, position and cash of the Group.

The APMs used by the Group are defined below:

• Pre-exceptional gross profit and pre-exceptional operating profit – Both of these measures are reconciled to total gross

profit and total operating profit on the face of the consolidated income statement. The directors consider that the removal of
exceptional items provide a better understanding of the underlying performance of the Group.

• Pre-exceptional gross profit margin – Pre-exceptional gross profit margin is the pre-exceptional gross profit divided by total

revenue. The directors consider this to be an important indicator of the underlying trading performance of the Group.

• Administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue – This is calculated as the total administrative overheads divided by total
revenue. The directors consider this to be an important indicator of how efficiently the Group is managing its administrative
overhead base.

• Pre-exceptional operating profit margin – Pre-exceptional operating profit margin is the pre-exceptional operating profit

divided by total revenue. The directors consider this to be an important indicator of the operating performance of the Group.

• Net finance expense – This is finance expenses less finance income. The directors consider this to be an important measure

when assessing whether the Group is using the most cost effective source of finance.

• Dividend cover – This is calculated as earnings per ordinary share for the period divided by the dividend per ordinary share
relating to that period. At the half year the dividend per ordinary share is the proposed interim ordinary dividend, and for the
full year it is the interim dividend paid plus the proposed final dividend. The directors consider this an important indicator of
the proportion of earnings paid to shareholders and reinvested in the business.

• Capital invested in land, net of land creditors, and work in progress – This is calculated as shown in the table below.
The directors consider this as an indicator of the net investment by the Group in the period to achieve future growth.

Per balance sheet

Land

Work in progress

2018  
£m

2,011.9

1,115.1

2017 
£m

1,838.2

1,017.7

Increase in capital invested in land and 
work in progress in the year

Land creditors

(365.4)

(366.8)

Increase in capital invested in land, net 
of land creditors, and work in progress 
in the year

Mvt 
£m

173.7

97.4

271.1

1.4

272.5

2017  
£m

1,838.2

1,017.7

2016 
£m

1,625.6

836.1

(366.8)

(304.2)

Mvt 
£m

212.6

181.6

394.2

(62.6)

331.6

• Net asset value per ordinary share (‘NAV’) – This is calculated as total net assets divided by the number of ordinary shares in
issue at the end of each period (see note 17). The directors consider this to be a proxy when reviewing whether value, on a
share by share basis, has increased or decreased in the period.

• Capital employed – Capital employed is defined as the total of equity and net bank debt. Equity is not adjusted where the

Group has net cash. The directors consider this to be an important indicator of the operating efficiency and performance of
the Group.

• Return on capital employed (‘RoCE’) – This is calculated as operating profit divided by the average capital employed.

Average capital employed is calculated based on opening, half year and closing capital employed. The calculation is shown
in the table below. The directors consider this to be an important indicator of whether the Group is achieving a sufficient
return on its investments.

2018 
Capital 
employed  

2018 
Land 
creditors 

£m

366.8

367.3

365.4

366.5

£m

652.9

2,191.3

2,455.3

2,557.1

2,401.2

27.2%

2018 
Capital 
employed 
including land 
creditors 
£m

652.9

2,558.1

2,822.6

2,922.5

2,767.7

2017 
Capital 
employed 

£m

571.6

1,867.0 

2,152.4 

2,191.3 

2,070.2 

23.6%

27.6%

2017 
 Land  
creditors 

£m

2017  
Capital 
employed 
including land 
creditors 
£m

571.6

304.2

301.7

366.8

324.2

2,171.2

2,454.1

2,558.1

2,394.4

23.9%

Operating profit

Capital employed/land creditors:

Opening

Half year

Closing

Average

Return on capital employed

114

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018•  Post tax return on equity – This is calculated as profit for the year divided by the average of the opening, half year and closing 

net assets. The directors consider this to be a good indicator of the operating efficiency of the Group. 

Profit for the year

Net assets:

Opening

Half year

Closing

Average

Post tax return on equity 

2018  
£m

519.9

2,191.3

2,323.9

2,557.1

2,357.4

2017  
£m

454.1

1,867.0 

1,977.3 

2,191.3 

2,011.9 

22.1%

22.6%

•  Total growth in value per ordinary share – The directors use this as a proxy for the increase in shareholder value since 

31 July 2015.

Net asset value per ordinary share:

At 31 July 2018

At 31 July 2015

Net asset value growth per ordinary share

Dividend paid per ordinary share:

Year ended 31 July 2018

Year ended 31 July 2017

Year ended 31 July 2016

Cumulative dividends paid per ordinary share

Total growth in value per ordinary share

2,079p

1,286p

132.5p

111.5p

86.0p

793.0p

330.0p

1,123.0p

•  Annualised accounting return in NAV and dividends paid since 31 July 2015 – This is calculated as the annualised increase in 
net asset value per ordinary share plus cumulative ordinary dividends paid per ordinary share since 31 July 2015 (as detailed 
above) divided by the net asset value per ordinary share at 31 July 2015. The directors use this as a proxy for the increase in 
shareholder value since 31 July 2015.

Net asset growth per ordinary share

Dividend paid per ordinary share

Total growth in value per ordinary share

Net asset value per ordinary share at 31 July 2015

Total value per ordinary share

Annualised accounting return = (2,409.0/1,286.0)1/3 – 1

793.0p 

330.0p

1,123.0p

1,286.0p

2,409.0p

23.3%

•  Net cash – This is the cash and cash equivalents less bank debt. The directors consider this to be a good indicator of the 

financing position of the Group. This is reconciled in note 20. 

•  Cash generated from operations before investment in land, net of land creditors, and work in progress – This is calculated as 
shown in the table below. The directors consider this as an indicator of whether the Group is generating cash before investing 
in land and work in progress to achieve future growth.

Cash from operations

Add: increase in capital invested in land, net of land creditors, and work in progress  
(as described above)

Cash generated from operations before investment in land, net of land creditors, 
and work in progress

2018  
£m

375.6

272.5

648.1

2017  
£m

256.5

331.6

588.1

•  Gearing – This is calculated as net bank debt divided by total equity. The directors consider this to be a good indicator of the 

financial stability of the Group.

•  Adjusted gearing – This is calculated as the total of net bank debt/cash and land creditors divided by total equity. 

The directors believe that land creditors are a source of long-term finance so this provides an alternative indicator of the 
financial stability of the Group.

115

Other InformationBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary

Affordable Housing
Social rented and intermediate housing provided to specified eligible households whose needs are not met by the market, at a 
cost low enough for them to afford, determined with regard to local incomes and local house prices. It is generally provided by 
councils and not-for-profit organisations such as housing associations.

Average Selling Price
Calculated by dividing the total price of homes sold by the number of homes sold.

Brownfield
Land which has been previously used for other purposes.

Cancellation Rate
The rate at which customers withdraw from a house purchase after paying the reservation fee, but before contracts are 
exchanged, usually due to difficulties in obtaining mortgage finance. Reservation fees are refunded in accordance with the 
Consumer Code for Home Builders.

Community Infrastructure Levy (‘CIL’)
The CIL is a tool for local authorities in England and Wales to help deliver infrastructure to support the development of the area.

Earnings per Share (‘EPS’)
Profit attributable to ordinary equity shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during 
the financial year, excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held by the Bellway Employee Trust (1992) which 
are treated as cancelled.

Home Builders Federation (‘HBF’)
The HBF is an industry body representing the home building industry in England and Wales. It represents member interests on 
a national and regional level to create the best possible environment in which to deliver new homes.

Help to Buy
The Help to Buy equity loan scheme is a government scheme which provides equity loans to both first-time buyers and home 
movers on newly constructed homes worth up to £600,000 in England. Buyers have to contribute at least 5% of the property 
price as a deposit and obtain a mortgage of up to 75% (60% in London) and the government provides a loan for up to 20% 
(40% in London) of the price.

Land Bank
The land bank is comprised of three tiers: i) owned or unconditionally contracted land with an implementable detailed planning 
permission (‘DPP’); ii) medium-term ‘pipeline’ land owned or controlled by the Group, pending an implementable DPP; iii) 
strategic long-term plots which currently have a positive planning status and are typically held under option.

Mortgage Market Review (‘MMR’)
The MMR was a comprehensive review of the mortgage market which introduced reforms to deliver a mortgage market that is 
sustainable and works better for consumers.

National Planning Policy Framework (‘NPPF’)
The NPPF sets out the government’s planning policies for England and how these are expected to be applied. It provides 
a framework within which local people and their accountable councils can produce their own distinctive local and 
neighbourhood plans, which reflect the needs and priorities of their communities.

National House Building Council (‘NHBC’)
The NHBC is the leading warranty insurance provider and body responsible for setting standards of construction for UK 
housebuilding for new and newly converted homes.

116

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018New Homes Bonus (‘NHB’)
The NHB was introduced in 2011 by the coalition government with the aim of encouraging local authorities in England to grant 
planning permissions for the building of new houses in return for additional revenue. Under the scheme, the government has 
been matching the council tax raised on each new home built in England. 

Pipeline
Plots which are either owned or contracted by the Group, often conditionally, pending an implementable detailed 
planning permission.

Planning Permission
Usually granted by the local planning authority, this permission allows a plot of land to be built on, change its use or for an 
existing building, be redeveloped or altered. Permission is either ‘outline’ when detailed plans are still to be approved, or 
‘detailed’ when detailed plans have been approved.

RIDDOR
RIDDOR refers to the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013. The regulations require 
an employer to report any absence by an employee of seven days or more caused by an accident at work to the Health and 
Safety Executive.

Section 106 Planning Agreements
These are legally-binding agreements or planning obligations entered into between a landowner and a local planning 
authority, under section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990. These agreements are a way of delivering or 
addressing matters that are necessary to make a development acceptable in planning terms. They are increasingly used 
to support the provision of services and infrastructure, such as highways, recreational facilities, education, health and 
affordable housing.

Site/phase
A site is a concise area of land on which homes are being constructed. Larger sites may be divided into a number of phases 
which are developed at different times.

Social Housing
Housing that is let at low rents and on a secure basis to people in housing need. It is generally provided by councils and  
not-for-profit organisations such as housing associations.

The 5% Club
Members of The 5% Club aspire to achieve 5% of their workforce in ‘earn and learn’ positions (including apprentices, sponsored 
students and graduates on formalised training schemes) within 5 years of joining.

See also Alternative Performance Measures section on pages 114 to 115.

117

Other InformationBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Advisers and Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary

Group General Counsel and Company Secretary and Registered Office
Simon Scougall

Bellway p.l.c. 
Seaton Burn House 
Dudley Lane 
Seaton Burn  
Newcastle upon Tyne

NE13 6BE 

Registered number 1372603

Registrars, Transfer Office and Shareholder Queries
Link Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent

BR3 4TU

E-mail: enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk 

Tel: 0871 664 0300 (UK); +44 (0)371 664 0300 (from overseas). Calls cost 12p per minute plus your phone company’s access 
charge. Calls outside the UK will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 9:00 am and 5:30 pm 
Monday to Friday, excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

Financial Adviser
N M Rothschild & Sons Limited

Stockbrokers
Citigroup Global Markets Limited 
Numis Securities Limited

Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC  
Lloyds Banking Group plc 
Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

Auditor
KPMG LLP

Solicitor
Slaughter and May

118

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Shareholder Analysis

Shareholders by size of holding at 31 July 2018 

Holdings

Shares

0 – 2,000

2,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 50,000

50,001 and over

Total

Number

1,894

415

194

236

2,739

%

69

15

7

9

Holding

1,013,383

1,836,692

4,608,214

115,521,977

100 122,980,266

Shareholders by type at 31 July 2018

Holdings

Shares

Private shareholders

Investment trusts

Pension funds

Nominee companies

Limited companies

Bank and bank nominees

Other institutions

Total

Number

1,550

9

1

1,065

37

53

24

%

57

<1

<1

39

1

2

1

Holding

2,659,777

15,524

59,913

105,796,618

679,238

12,701,537

1,067,659

2,739

100 122,980,266

%

1

1

4

94

100

%

2

<1

<1

86

1

10

1

100

Financial Calendar

Final 2017/18 dividend – ex-dividend date

Final 2017/18 dividend – record date

AGM

DRIP election date for final 2017/18 dividend

Final 2017/18 dividend – payment date

Trading update

Announcement of 2018/19 half year results

29 November 2018

30 November 2018

12 December 2018

14 December 2018

9 January 2019

7 February 2019

27 March 2019

119

Other InformationBellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018120

Bellway p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2018Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com

Bellway p.l.c. are committed to caring for the environment and looking for sustainable ways to minimise our impact on it.

Printed by L&S Printing Company Ltd who are certified to ISO 14001 environmental management system.

Printed using vegetable oil based inks.

This report is printed on Chorus Lux Silk which contains material sourced from responsibly managed forests, certified in accordance with the 
FSC® (Forest Stewardship Council).

FSC® – Forest Stewardship Council. This ensures that there is an audited chain of custody from the tree in the well-managed forest through 
to the finished document in the printing factory.

ISO 14001. A pattern of control for an environmental management system against which an organisation can be accredited by a third party.

Bellway p.l.c. 
Seaton Burn House,  
Dudley Lane,  
Seaton Burn,  
Newcastle upon Tyne  
NE13 6BE

Tel: (0191) 217 0717 
Fax: (0191) 236 6230 
DX: 711760 Seaton Burn 

www.bellway.co.uk